Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Project Manual
I SECTION 00 01 05 ' PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATIONS I PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. r Christopher W. Long, P.E. Date: April 23, 2010 License # 47106 END OF SECTION I I 1 I I I ' PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATIONS ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 00 01 05- 1 I ISECTION 00 01 10 ITABLE OF CONTENTS I PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements Introductory Information I 00 01 05 Certifications Page 00 01 10 Table of Contents Procurement Requirements 00 21 13 Instructions to Quoters 00 41 10 Quotation Form I Contracting Requirements 00 52 10 Agreement Form 00 61 13.13 Performance Bond I 00 61 13.16 Payment Bond 00 72 05 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract(2002 Edition) 00 73 05 Supplementary Conditions I SPECIFICATIONS GROUP GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP Division 01 - General Requirements 01 10 00 Summary 01 20 00 Price and Payment Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 57 13 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control I01 70 00 Execution Requirements Division 02- Facility Construction I02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition Division 3 to 19 - Not Used I FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP Division 20 to 29 - Not Used I SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP Division 30 - Not Used I Division 31 - Earthwork 31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 23 00 Excavation and Fill I I TABLE OF CONTENTS I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 00 01 10- 1 I Division 32—Exterior Improvements 32 11 23 Aggregate Base Courses 32 12 01 Flexible Paving for Municipal Projects MnDOT Specification 2360 Plant Mixed Asphalt Pavement 2360 Gyratory Design Specification dated February 1, 2010 32 16 13 Concrete Curb and Gutters 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses Division 33 - Utilities 33 05 05 Trenching and Backfilling 33 05 17 Adjust Miscellaneous Structures 33 40 00 Storm Drainage Utilities 33 46 00 Subdrainage Division 34 to 39 - Not Used PROCESS EQUIPMENT SUBGROUP Division 40 to 49— Not Used END OF SECTION I I I i I I I I I I TABLE OF CONTENTS ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 00 01 10-2 I ISECTION 00 21 13 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO QUOTERS $ ARTICLE 1 - DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Quoters t indicated in the General Condit Quoters have the mealn ngsnd I Supplementary Conditions. Additional term s used in these Ins indicated below: A. Issuing Office—The office from which Quotation Documents are to be issued and where the Quotation procedures are to be administered. ARTICLE 2 - COPIES OF QUOTATION DOCUMENTS I 2.01 Complete sets of the Quotation Documents in thb nunumber a d for the dep sit sum, if any, stated in the Advertisement or Invitation for Quotations y 2.02 Complete sets of Quotation le rls s Quotations; e nor Engineer assumes any r es ons biitY for eror or misinterpretations resulting from these of incomplete sets of Quotation Documents. 2.03 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Qu fo the Work and do not author at ie the ore onfera lI license for only for the purpose of obtaining Quotations any other use. ARTICLE 3 - QUALIFICATIONS OF QUOTERS 3.01 To demonstrate Quoter's qualifications to perform the Work, within days of commitments,u t, Quoter shall submit written evidence such as financial data, previous s present such other data as may be called for below: A. Evidence of Quoter's authority to do business in the state where the Project is located. B. Evidence of genuiness of Quotation and lack of collusion in conjunction therewith. 3.02 Quoter is advised to carefully review those portions of the Quotation Form requiring Quoter's representations and certifications. IARTICLE 4- EXAMINATION OF QUOTATION DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE It 4.01 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify e Those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or Il. contiguous to the Site. 2. Those drawings kn t e Site (expeptlUndergdround Facilities).so exsting surface or subsurface structures at 0 B. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in Paragraph 4.01 Art of be made ontract available by Owner er to are any Quoter on request. Those reports and drawings P I the"technical data"contained therein upon which Quoter is entitled to rely as provided in INSTRUCTIONS TO QUOTERS 00 21 13- 1 I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164 0 I Paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Quoter is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Quoter draws from any"technical data"or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 4.02 Underground Facilities A. Information and data shown or indicated in the Quotation Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner or others. 4.03 Hazardous Environmental Condition A. The Supplementary Conditions identify any reports and drawings known to Owner relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site. B. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in Paragraph 4.03.A will be made available by Owner to any Quoter on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the"technical data"contained therein upon which Quoter is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in Paragraph 4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions. Quoter is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Quoter draws from any"technical data"or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 4.04 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Quoters with respect to subsurface conditions, other physical conditions, and Underground Facilities, and possible changes in the Quotation Documents due to differing or unanticipated subsurface or physical conditions appear in Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Quoters with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work, appear in Paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. 4.05 On request, Owner will provide Quoter access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Quoter deems necessary for submission of a Quotation. Quoter shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. Quoter shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relative to excavation and utility locates. 4.06 Reference is made to Article 7 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of the general +� nature of other work that is to be performed at the Site by Owner or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the Work contemplated by these Quotation Documents. On request, Owner will provide to each Quoter for examination access to or copies of contract documents (other than portions thereof related to price) for such other work. 4.07 It is the responsibility of each Quoter before submitting a Quotation to: A. examine and carefully study the Quotation Documents, and the other related Documents; elated data identified in the B. visit the Site and become familiar with and satisfy Quoter as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 INSTRUCTIONS TO QUOTERS 002113-2 I C. become familiar with and satisfy Quoter as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; D. carefully study all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities)rel that have been cal data," and (2) Paragraph 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in the Paragraph 4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable "technical data;" E. consider the information known to Quoter; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Quotation Documents; and the effect of related uch information,mationa observations,identified documents ont(1)the Documents, with respect to the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2)the means, methods, techniques,s specific means, and procedures of construction to be employed by Quoter, including applying Y P methods, techniques, sequences,ua d procedures of construction programs; presly required by the Quotation Documents; and (3) Q F. agree at the time of submitting its Quotation that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary uoted andrw the ithin the determination of its in accordance performance of the Work at the price(s) Q with the other terms and conditions of the Quotation Documents; the general nature of the work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site G. become aware of t g that relates to the Work as indicated in the Quotation Documents; H. promptly give Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that P Quoter discovers in the Quotation Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Quoter; and I. determine that the all Quotation and Documents onditions for the performance of the Work. and convey understanding of a 4.08 The submission of a Quotation will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Quoter that Quoter has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Quotation is premised upon is means, and furnishing t techniques, sequences, and Quotation Documents and of construction that may be shown or specific means, metho q that Quoter has given Engineer written indicated or expressly required by the Quotation Documents, notice of all conflicts, errors, amb1eesolutionscthereof that are has acceptable in the and Quotation Documents and the written that the Quotation Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. TICLE 5 - PRE-QUOTATION CONFERENCE AR 5.01 There will be no Pre-Quotation Conference. 1 ARTICLE 6 - SITE AND OTHER AREAS ructures or permanent I , 6.01 The Site is identified in the Quotation DocEasements totherwise provided in the changes in existing facilities are to be obt ained and paid for by Owner, unless Quotation Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction INSTRUCTIONS TO QUOTERS 002113-3 ©2010 Bonestr00 1 000055-10164 0 I facilities, construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. ARTICLE 7 - INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDUM 7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Quotation Documents are to be submitted to Engineer in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addendum mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Quotation Documents. Questions received less than 3 days prior to the date for Opening of Quotations may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addendum will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 7.02 Addendum may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Quotation Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. ARTICLE 8 - QUOTATION SECURITY 8.01 A Quotation must be accompanied b p by Quotation Security made payable to Owner in an amount of 5 percent of Quoter's maximum Quotation price and in the form of a certified check, bank money order, or a Quotation Bond issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions. 8.02 The Quotation Security of the successful Quoter will be retained until such Quoter has executed the Contract Documents, furnished the required Contract Security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award, whereupon the Quotation Security will be returned. If the successful Quoter fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required Contract Security within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may consider Quoter to be in default, annul the Notice of Award, and the Quotation Security of that Quoter will be forfeited. Such forfeiture shall be Owner's exclusive remedy if Quoter defaults. The Quotation Security of other Quoters whom Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of 7 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement or 61 days after the Quotation Opening, whereupon Quotation Security furnished by such Quoters will be returned. 8.03 Quotation Security of other Quoters whom Owner believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award will be returned within 7 days after the Quotation Opening. ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT TIMES 9.01 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones to be Substantially Completed and ready for Final Payment are set forth in the Agreement.d the Work is ARTICLE 10 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. I ARTICLE 11 - SUBSTITUTE AND"OR-EQUAL"ITEMS 11.01 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Quotation Documents without consideration of possible substitute or"or-equal"items. Whenever it is specified or described in the Quotation Documents that a substitute or"or-equal"item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. it ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 INSTRUCTIONS TO QUOTERS 00.21 13-4 . I TICLE 12- SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS ARTICLE eIf ntities the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain subcontractors, suppliers, individuals, or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance and any other prior to the requested, shall with nf5 the days Agreement, the apparent successful Q suppliers, individuals, or after Quotation Opening, submit to Owner a list of all such subcontractors, supp' entities proposed for those portions of the Work h rertinent information required. Such similar list and shall accompanied by an experience statement P or entity if requested of other evidence Y supplier, individual, tY other evidence of qualification for each such subcontractor, Supp� ro osed by Owner. If Owner or Engineer, after due investigation, before the Noti objection ward s gi proposed subcontractor, supplier, individual, or entity, Owner may, $ apparent successful Quoter to submit ar substitute,Quotation price will be increased (or Quoter by the l I submit an acceptable substitute, Quoter's Q difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, and Owner may consider such price adjustment in evaluating Quotations and making the Contract award. 12.02 If apparent successful Quoter declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award the Cot or to the next lowest Quoter that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors, suppliers, Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute individual, for forfeiture of the egainst Quotation Security of any Quoter. Any subcontractor, supplier, which Owner or Engineer makes no written objection ub ectotopevocation of such of the acceptance eafter the Effective Date deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineers Date of the Agreement as provided in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions. not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier, individual, or entity against 12.03 Contractor shall q whom Contractor has reasonable objection. ARTICLE 13 - PREPARATION OF QUOTATION 13.01 The Quotation Form is included with the Quotation Documents. 13.02 All blanks on the Quotation Form shall be completed in ink and the Quotation Form signed in ink. i Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Quotation Form. A Quotation price shall be indicated for each section, Quotation Item, Alternate, adjustment Quotation Unit Price Quotation Item, and Quotation Unit Price Quotation Item listed therein. 13.03 A Quotation by a corporation shall be accompanied by corporate name authority to president gn!The or orporate seal president or other corporate officer P shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown. 13.04 A Quotation mby ust a partnership shall e be executed in the signature), accompaniedrby evidence of authority to sign. The (whose title must appear and 9 official address of the partnership shall be shown. 13.05 A Quotation by a limited liability company shall The state of formation of the firm and the official member and in the name of the firm by a accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. address of the firm shall be shown. 13.06 A Quotation by an individual shall show the Quoter's name and official address. 13.07 A Quotation by a joint venture shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Quotation Form.The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. INSTRUCTIONS TO QUOTERS 002113-5 ©2010 Bonestr00 1 000055-10164 0 I 13.08 All names shall be printed in ink below the signatures. 13.09 The Quotation shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addendum, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Quotation Form. 13.10 Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone and fax numbers for communications regarding the Quotation shall be shown. 13.11 The Quotation shall contain evidence of Quoter's authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located, or Quoter shall covenant in writing to obtain such authority and qualification prior to award of the Contract and attach such covenant to the Quotation. Quoter's state contractor license number, if any, shall also be shown on the Quotation Form. ARTICLE 14- BASIS OF QUOTATION; COMPARISON OF QUOTATIONS I 14.01 Unit Price A. Quoters shall submit a Quotation on a Quotation Unit Price basis for each Quotation Item of Work listed in the Quotation Form. B. The total of all estimated prices will be the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each Quotation Item and the corresponding Quotation Unit Price. The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with Paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions. C. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of work and Quotation Unit Prices will be resolved in favor of the Quotation Unit Prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. D. Quotations will be compared on the basis of the"Total Base uotati basis for determining the lowest Quoter. Q on"and this amount will be the 14.02 Allowances A. For cash allowances the Quotation price shall include such amounts as the Quoter deems proper for Contractor's overhead, costs, profit, and other expenses on account of cash allowances, if any, named in the Contract Documents, in accordance with Paragraph 11.02.B of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 15 - SUBMITTAL OF QUOTATION 15.01 Quotation shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation for Quotations and shall be enclosed in a plainly marked package with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Quotation is submitted), the name and address of Quoter, and shall be accompanied by the Quotation Security and other required documents. If a Quotation is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Quotation shall be enclosed in a separate package plainly marked on the outside with the notation "QUOTATION ENCLOSED."A mailed Quotation shall be addressed to Owner's office. 15.02 The Quotation shall include the entire Document 00 41 10, Quotation Form. This includes all attachments listed in Article 7.01 of the Quotation Form and/or all forms included with the Quotation Form. The Contractor may remove or copy these sheets from the Project Manual 15.03 The entire Project Manual should not be submitted with the Quotation. ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 INSTRUCTIONS TO QUOTERS 002113-6 I I ARTICLE 16 - MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF QUOTATION 16.01 A Quotation may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the same manner that a Quotation must be executed and delivered to the place where Quotation are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the Opening of Quotation. 16.02 Quotations may be withdrawn after Quotation Opening only in accordance with the law. ARTICLE 17 - OPENING OF QUOTATION 17.01 Quotations will be opened at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation for Quotations and, unless obviously non-responsive, read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Quotations and major Alternates, if any, will be made available to Quoter after the Project is awarded. ARTICLE 18 - QUOTATIONS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 18.01 All Quotations will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Quotation Form, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Quotation and return the Quotation Security prior to the end of this period. ARTICLE 19 - EVALUATION OF QUOTATIONS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT 19.01 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Quotations, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Quotations. Owner further reserves the right to reject the Quotation of any Quoter whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to not be responsible. Owner may also reject the Quotation of any Quoter if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Quoter. Owner also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the successful Quoter. 19.02 More than 1 Quotation for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different �. names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Quoter has an interest in more than 1 Quotation for the Work may be cause for disqualification of that Quoter and the rejection of all Quotations in which that Quoter has an interest. 19.03 In evaluating Quotations, Owner will consider whether or not the Quotations comply with the prescribed requirements, and such Alternates, Quotation Unit Prices and other data, as may be requested in the Quotation Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 19.04 In evaluating Quoters, Owner will consider the qualifications of Quoters and may consider the 9Q q Q Y qualifications and experience of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 19.05 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Quoters, proposed subcontractors, suppliers, individuals, or entities proposed for those portions of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. As a condition of its Quotation, Quoter is required to waive any and all claims of whatever nature against Owner, Engineer, and their employees and agents which arise out of or relate to such investigations and statements made as a result thereof, except for statements that can be shown by clear and convincing evidence to be intentionally false and made with actual malice. This waiver is not intended to restrict Quoter's rights to challenge a Contract pursuant to law. INSTRUCTIONS TO QUOTERS ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 00 21 13-7 I 19.06 If the Contract is to be awarded, Owner will award the Contract to the Quoters whose Quotation is in the best interests of the Project. ARTICLE 20 - CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE 20.01 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth Owner's requirements as to performance and payment bonds and insurance. When the successful Quoter delivers the executed Agreement to Owner, it shall be accompanied by such bonds. ARTICLE 21.01 - SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 21.01 When Owner issues a Notice of Award to the successful Quoter, it shall be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement along with the other Contract Documents which are identified in the Agreement as attached thereto. Within 15 days thereafter, successful Quoter shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to Owner. Within 10 days thereafter, Owner shall deliver 2 fully signed counterparts to successful Quoter with a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. END OF SECTION I I I I I I I I I INSTRUCTIONS TO QUOTERS ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 00 21 13-8 ' Say, 5. 2010 11 : 53AM MILLER EXCAVATING INC 6513517210 No. 1774 P. 2 I QUOTER: 1ILLE2. P-'rC Av4Th levC., Bonestroo DOCUMENT 00 41 10 QUOTATION FORM 2010 STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS ' PROJECT NO.000055-10164-0 OAK PARK HEIGHTS,MINNESOTA 2010 ' THIS QUOTATION IS SUBMITTED TO: City of Oak Park Heights City Hail ' 14168 Oak Park Boulevard Oak Park Heights,MN 55082 1.01 The undersigned Quoter proposes and agrees,If this Quotation Is accepted,to enter into an Agreement with Owner In the form ' Included in the Quotation Documents to perform all Work as specified or Indicated in the Quotation Documents for the prices and within the times Indicated in this Quotation and In accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Quotation Documents. 1 2.01 Quoter accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Quoters,Including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Quotation Security. The Quotation will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Quotation Opening,or for such longer period of time that Quoter may agree to In witting upon request of Owner. ' 3.01 In submitting this Quotation,Quoter represents that: A. Quoter has examined and carefully studied the Quotation Documents,the other related data identified In the Quotation Documents,and the following Addenda,receipt of all which Is hereby acknowledged: ' Addendum No, Addendum Date ' 13. Quoter has visited the Site and become familiar with and Is satisfied as to the general,local,and Site conditions that may affect cost,progress,and performance of the Work, C. Quoter Is familiar with and Is satisfied as to all federal,state,and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress,and performance of the Work. D. Quoter has carefully studied all: (1)reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at,or contiguous to,the ' Site and all drawings of physical conditions In or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at,or contiguous to,the Site(except Underground Facilities)which have been Identified In SC-4.02,and(2)reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been Identified In SC-4.06. ' E. Quoter has obtained and carefully studied(or accepts the consequences for not doing so)all additional or supplementary examinations,Investigations,explorations,tests,studies,and data concerning conditions(surface, subsurface,and Underground Fadlities)at,or contiguous to,the Site which may affect cost,progress,or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures of ' construction to be employed by Quoter,including applying the specific means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures of construction expressly required by the Quotation Documents to be employed by Quoter,and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. WW55401640 m 2oto ttonestroo 00 41 10-1 quornnori form 1 I Ma.y. 5. 2010 11 : 53AM MILLER EXCAVATING INC 6513517210 No, 1774 P. 4 I INo. Item Units Qty Unit Price Total Price PART 1-BEAUDET STORM SEWER I 1 IMPROVEMENTS: MOBILIZATION LS 1$, c00,oo $ CO,CO I 2 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1$ .56',oc, $ Teo.al 3 COMMON EXCAVATION(LV)-OFFSITE CY 40$ lo•CO $ yeti7,c0 I4 CLASS Ill GROUTED RIPRAP CY 4D$ (CV•Cr) $ CICOO∎DO 5 COMMON BORROW(LV) CY 15$ 10,00 $ 1 ,00 1 6 SEEDING,INCL SEED,FERTILIZER,AND SY 50$ (o,CO $ X-cX WOOD FIBER BLANKET 7 STREET SWEEPER WITH PICK UP BROOM HR 2$ ICC)'r $ ms's I WITH OPERATOR TOTAL PART 1-BEAU DET STORM SEWER $ 4,/ ' Q427 IMPROVEMENTS IPART 2-SWAGER BROTHER'S 9TH ADDITION STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS: I8 MOBILIZATION LS 1$ $00,c0 $ ®D,ex 9 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1$ 400400 $ -190,4 1 10 SAWING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT LF 225$ 7.00 $ ..5'5-0-CYO 11 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT SY 200$ Z,00 $ El c o,00 I12 REMOVE AND REPLACE CONCRETE CURB AND LF 130$, ZOL $ , GUTTER 13 REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING TOP SLAB LS 1$ 6co,G33 $ '0=, I AND RINGS 11 REMOVE MANHOLE OR CATCH BASIN EA 2$ •o0 $ evC23'od 1 15 CONSTRUCT CBMH OVER EXISTING PIPE EA 1$ l790'c4 $ (7C0'°° 16 CONSTRUCT CB OVER EXISTING PIPE EA 1$. P-Fco'‘,0 $ Ill 57)'a , 1 17 GROUT EXISTING STRUCTURE,INCLUDING EA 1$ ,00 $ ' DOGHOUSES,INVERTS,BENCHES 18 AGGREGATE BASE,CLASS 5,100%CRUSHED TN 30$ ;0' $ Lisp. I19 BITUMINOUS NON WEARING COURSE TN 25$ 1°,CO $ fib'CO MIXTURE I20 BITUMINOUS WEARING COURSE MIXTURE TN 25$ 1C0°Ca $ Z5(X),C 7 I 009155-11169•0 O s 00 41 10-3 Quornnai FORM 2010 Bomtroo I ■ I May. 5. 2010 11 :53AM MILLER EXCAVATING INC 6513517210 No. 1774 P. 5 I INo. Item Unite Qty Unit Price Total Price 21 SEEDING,MD(270 SY 50$ (C4' $ 7"a, I22 HYDROMULCH SY 50$ 5•ov $. '`b I23 STREET SWEEPER WITH PICK UP BROOM HR 2$ 103,00 $ Zoo-00 TOTALL PART 2-SWAGER BROTHER'S 9TH $ 15-,497e0 ADDITION STORM SEWER IIMPROVEMENTS PART 3-CONCRETE DRAINAGE SWALE I 24 IMPROVEMENTS; MOBILIZATION LS 1$ .6cz'00 $ 6-03`00 I 25 TRAFFIC CONTROL L5 1$ 3aor $ 'elt, 26 POTHOLE EXISTING WATER MAIN LS I$w °Ob • $ ,00 v 1 27 REMOVE EXISTING TREE EA 9$ WO'OD $ (aC0' 28 CLEAR AND GRUB LS 1$jOo9,GB, . $ 1oc0-n' 1 29 REMOVE EXISTING DRAINAGE SWALE IF 315$ 5.00 $ 15 75, 30 ADJUST VALVE BOX EA 1$• 0`9)'00 $ 194 CO ' 31 COMMON EXCAVATION(LV)-OFFSITE CY 80$, fa p) $ Roo,co 1 32 CONSTRUCT CBMH OVER EXISTING PIPE EA 1$ 11.5700,0 - $ 1- 33 IMPROVED PIPE FOUNDATION LF 30$ (400 $ p ,, .Cb I 34 4'DIA STORM SEWER CBMH,INC,R-4342 EA 2$ �' $38€0(co CSTG AND HDPE AD)RINGS 35 4'DIAMETER STORM SEWER MH EA 2$ 11100,09 $ Z&°00 I36 10"RCP STORM SEWER LF 265$ .74,00 $ 11�70,1,0 I 37 CONSTRUCT OVERFLOW SWALE LF 265$ (0,00 $ Z6.51)c00 38 SODDING,LAWN TYPE WITH 4"OF TOPSOIL SY 700$ 11,tb _ $ 2.1300 500 1 39 TURF REINFORCEMENT MAT SY 375$ 1 ' $ �'�O z' 40 4°PERFORATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE IF 40$ 5,Cr, $ Z'00 I41 CONSTRUCT RAIN GARDEN SF 520$ 11,00 $ "t156.9.m 000055.1015/-0 00 41 10 9 QUOTATION HMI 2010 Bonestroo May 5. 2010 11 : 54AM MILLER EXCAVATING INC 651517210 No, 1774 P, 7 6.01 paragraph Agreement, 1111 6 02 Quoter accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages In the event of failure to complete the Work within the times specified above,which shall be stated In the Agreement. 7,01 The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Quotation: A Required Quotation Security in the form of 5 percent. 8.01 The terms used In this Quotation with initial capital letters have the meanings stated In the Instructions to Quoters,the General Conditions,and the Supplementary Conditions. 1 SUBMITTED on /1/I l ,201 I If Quoter Is: An 1ndMdual Name(typed or printed): (SEAL) (Individual's signature) Doing business as Business Street Address(No P.O Box#'s): I Phone No.: - _ Fax No.: 1 I I I 000055,10164-0 00 41 10-6 QuoTnnory FORM 2010 sonesvoo I Way. 5. 2010 11 :54AM MILLER EXCAVATING INC 6513517210 No, 1774 P. 8 I tikatIntishp Partnership Name: (SEAL) By: (Signature of general partner) Name(typed or printed): Business Street Address(No P.O.Box es): Phone No.: Fax No.: A Corporation Corporation Name: hI.I 4, P "'v` "4O cwt.- (SEAL) State of Incorporation: 'N •- • 1 Type(General Business,Professional,Service,Limited Liability): �1p'y6 BY. (Signature) Name(typed or printed): �r (fit}F� a7°CIA-(21; Title: .R Attest ' . b-A. (CORPORATE SEAL) gnature of Corporate Secretary) Business Street Address(No P.O.Box#'s): • 41..-6 . , 1 6b- t"'{, '7 7 Fax (atJ _3 --7?Jt Phone No.: � ` [ �� I I 0000SS1016q-o 00 41 10-7 QUOTATION FORM 0 2010 6one5trm instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.02 for Milestones and Substantial Completion until the Work is Substantially Complete. After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.02 for completion and readiness for Final Payment until the Work is completed and ready for Final Payment. ' ARTICLE 5— CONTRACT PRICE 5.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds as follows: A. For all Work at the prices stated in Contractor's Quotation, attached hereto as an exhibit.The Quotation prices for Unit Price Work set forth as of the Effective Date of the Agreement are based on estimated quantities. As provided in Paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions, estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by Engineer as provided in Paragraph 9.07 of the General Conditions. B. Original Contract Amount is based on the Total Quotation amount of Fifty-Two Thousand Eighty- Seven Dollars and Fifty Cents ($52,087.50). ARTICLE 6— PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. 6.02 Progress Payments;Retainage A. Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor's Applications for Payment, monthly during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraphs 6.02.A1 and 6.02.A2 below. All such payments will be measured by the Schedule of Values established in Paragraph 2.07.A of the General Conditions(and in the case of Quotation Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed)or, in the event there is no Schedule of Values, as provided in the General Requirements: 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Engineer may determine or Owner may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with Paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions: ' a. 95 percent of Work completed (with the balance being retainage). b. 95 percent of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work(with the balance being retainage). 2. Upon Substantial Completion, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to 100 percent of the Work completed, less such amounts as Engineer shall determine in accordance with Paragraph 14.02.B5 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of Engineer's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the tentative list of items to be completed or corrected attached to the certificate of Substantial Completion. I AGREEMENT FORM ' ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 00 52 10-2 1 6.03 Final Payment A. Upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work, in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said Paragraph 14.07. rARTICLE 7— INTEREST 7.01 All moneys not paid when due, as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions, shall bear interest at the maximum rate allowed by law at the place of the Project. ARTICLE 8— CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 8.01 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Agreement, Contractor makes the following representations: A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Quotation Documents. B. Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. ' C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Contractor has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities), if any, that have been ' identified in the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable"technical data,"and (2) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as containing reliable"technical data." iE. Contractor considered the information known to Contractor, information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, ' observations, and documents on (1)the cost, progress, and performance of the Work, (2)the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, including any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Contract Documents; and (3) Contractor's safety precaution programs. ' F. Based on the information and observations referred to in Paragraph 8.01.E above, Contractor does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. H. Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor. AGREEMENT FORM 111 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 00 52 10-3 I. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. ARTICLE 9— CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. This Agreement. 2. Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and other Bonds. 3. General Conditions. 4. Supplementary Conditions. 5. Specifications. 6. Drawings bearing the following general title: 2010 Storm Sewer Improvements. 7. Addenda (None). 8. Exhibits to this Agreement(enumerated as follows): a. Contractor's Quotation Form. b. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 9. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed. b. Work Change Directives. ' c. Change Order(s). B. The documents listed in Paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement(except as expressly noted otherwise above). C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9. D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10—MISCELLANEOUS 10.01 Terms ' A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings stated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. 10.02 Assignment of Contract A. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent(except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. I AGREEMENT FORM ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 00 52 10-4 1 10.03 Successors and Assigns A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. r10.04 Severability A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law ' or Regulation shall be deemed stricken and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 10.05 Contractor's Certifications A. Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 10.05: 1. "corrupt practice"means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the quotation process or in the Contract execution; 2. "fraudulent practice"means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made(a)to influence the quotation process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of Owner, (b)to establish ' Quotation or Contract prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or(c)to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. "collusive practice"means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Quoters, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish Quotation prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; and 4. "coercive practice"means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the quotation process or affect the execution of 1 the Contract. r I I I I I AGREEMENT FORM ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 00 52 10-5 I IIN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement. Counterparts have been delivered to Owner and Contractor. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or have been I identified by Owner and Contractor or on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on P'lfrY 1 / , 2010 (which is the Effective Date Iof the Agreement). Owner: Contractor: I it City o f . . Par,,,)-ights, Minnesota Miller Excavating, Inc. By: _./7„,/ /4D ,_ Et, f _ By: F/. I IAttes' Attest: 2-na.4.2 C Offl-c)z-,_-1' Ad.s s for giving notices: //�� Address for giving notices: IP. O. 1309 Zoo? 34,31 S7'A-(0ECo/}GN' .r2. .v, r /- /WO . Srat_[..i-r&-P c h.✓ ssoBZ ILicense No.: (Where Applicable) IDesignated Representative: Designated Representative: 1 Name: Name: 1 E-PttEry .ST CLAt1ZE Title: Title: v, P IAddress: Address: IS*-1 tti-A-r•aY2, Mme 5-0$Z Phone: Phone: IFacsimile: Facsimile: 6,5-t - ---/-72125 IEND OF SECTION IAPPRO ! - - 0 FORM: City Attorney �— I I ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 AGREEMENT 10-6 005210-6 PERFORMANCE BOND Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety,Owner,or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. ICONTRACTOR(Name and Address): SURETY(Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): IIOWNER(Name and Address): ICONTRACT Date: Amount: Description(Name and Location): I BOND Bond Number: Date(Not earlier than Contract Date): I Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms printed representative.on th ve se side hereof,do each cause this IS ty Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer,agent, CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY I Company: (Seal) (Seal) Signature: Surety's Name and Corporate Seal I Name and Title: By: Signature and Title I (Attach Power of Attorney) (Space is provided below for signatures of additional parties,if required.) Attest: ISignature and Title CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY I Company: (Seal) (Seal) Signature: Surety's Name and Corporate Seal I Name and Title: By: Signature and Title I (Attach Power of Attorney) Attest: Signature and Title: EJCDC No.prepared d(2002 through Edition) Originally prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America,Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee,the Associated General Contractors of America,and the American Institute of Architects. 1 I00 61 13.13-1 1. Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, 6. After Owner has terminated Contractor's right to complete the Contract, and if i executors,administrators,successors,and assigns to Owner for the performance of the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 4.1,4.2,or 4.3 above,then the responsibilities of Contract,which is incorporated herein by reference. Surety to Owner shall not be greater than those of Contractor under the Contract,and 2. If Contractor performs the Contract, Surety and Contractor have no obligation the Contract. To a limit f the amount oflth this Bond,but subject o to commitment by under this Bond,except to participate in conferences as provided in Paragraph 3.1. Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the 3. If there is no Owner Default,Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: Contract,Surety is obligated without duplication for: 3.1. Owner has notified Contractor and Surety,at the addresses described in 6.1. The responsibilities of Contractor for correction of defective Work and Paragraph 10 below, that Owner is considering declaring a Contractor completion of the Contract; Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to be held not later than 15 days after receipt of 6.2. Contractor's Additional legal,Default, d professional,resulting from and delay costs resulting from P Surety under Paragraph h 4; insulting from the actions or failure to act of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Contract. If Owner, Contractor and Surety agree, Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable Surety under Paragraph 4;and time to perform the Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive 6.3. Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Owner's right,if any,subsequently to declare a Contractor Default;and Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non- 3.2. Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated Performance of Contractor. Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Such Contractor Default shall 7. Surety shall not be liable to Owner or others for obligations of Contractor that are not be declared earlier than 20 days after Contractor and Surety have unrelated to the Contract,and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or received notice as provided in Paragraph 3.1;and set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on 3.3. Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to: this Bond to any person or entity other than Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators,or successors. 1. Surety in accordance with the terms of the Contract; 8. Surety hereby waives notice of any change,including changes of time,to Contract 2. Another contractor selected pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 to perform the or to related subcontracts,purchase orders,and other obligations. Contract. 9. Any proceeding,legal or equitable,under this Bond may be instituted in any court 4. When Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3,Surety shall promptly and located and shall bey instituted within two years haft'after Default or withinrtwo at Surety's expense take one of the following actions: years after Contractor ceased working or within two years after Surety refuses or fails 4.1. Arrange for Contractor,with consent of Owner,to perform and complete thiseparagraph bare void ord law,by w, the minirmum�period of limitation fir . If the provisions of the Contract;or available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 4.2. Undertake to perform and complete the Contract itself,through its agents 10. Notice to Surety,Owner,or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address or through independent contractors;or shown on the signature page. 4.3. Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable I I. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory requirement in the to Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Contract, location where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this Bond arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by Owner and conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and Contractor selected with Owner's concurrence, to be secured with provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be deemed incorporated performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a to the bonds issued on the Contract, and pay to Owner the amount of common law bond. damages as described in Paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by Owner resulting from Contractor Default;or 12. Definitions. 4.4. Waive its right to perform and complete,arrange for completion,or obtain 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by Owner to a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: Contractor under the Contract after all proper adjustments have been 1. After investigation,determine the amount for which it may be liable to made,including allowance to Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by Owner in settlement of insurance or other Claims for damages Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, to which Contractor is entitled,reduced by all valid and proper payments tender payment therefor to Owner;or made to or on behalf of Contractor under the Contract. 2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify Owner citing reasons 12.2. Contract:The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the therefor. signature page,including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 5. If Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasonable promptness, 12.3. Contractor Default: Failure of Contractor, which has neither been Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond 15 days after receipt of an additional written notice from Owner to Surety demanding that Surety remedied nor waived,to perform or otherwise to comply with the terms of g ty nerform its the Contract. obligations under this Bond, and Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to Owner. If Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 4.4, and Owner refuses the payment tendered or Surety has denied liability, 12.4. Owner Default: Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor part,without further notice Owner shall be entitled to enforce ranyh remedy available to waived,to pay comply with the as theuter s thereof. the Contract or to perform and Owner. complete or comply with the other terms thereof. FOR INFORMATION ONLY—Name,Address and Telephone Surety Agency or Broker Owner's Representative(engineer or other party) I I 00 61 13.13-2 1 PAYMENT BOND Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety,Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR(Name and Address): SURETY(Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): IOWNER(Name and Address): ICONTRACT Date: Amount: Description(Name and Location): 1 BOND IBond Number: Date(Not earlier than Contract Date): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms printed on the reverse side hereof,do each cause this Surety and Contractor,intending g y Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer,agent,or representative. ICONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: I (Seal) Signature: (Seal) Name and Title: Surety's Name and Corporate Seal I By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) I (Space is provided below for signatures of additional parties,if required.) Attest: Signature and Title ICONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Seal) Signature: (Seal) Name and Title: Surety's Name and Corporate Seal I By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) 1 Attest: Signature and Title: EJCDC No.C-615(2002 Edition) Originally prepared through joint efforts rAmerican r � t noe c , ' Contractors of A mer ica, the AmericanInstitute of Architects, the Subcontractors Association, the Associated Specialty Contractors. 1 00 61 13.16-1 I 1. Contractor and Surety,jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, 8. Amounts owed by Owner to Contractor under the Contract shall be used for executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to Owner to pay for labor, the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any materials,and equipment furnished by Claimants for use in the performance of performance bond. By Contractor furnishing and Owner accepting this Bond, the Contract,which is incorporated herein by reference. they agree that all funds earned by Contractor in the performance of the Contract are 2. With respect to Owner,this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor: subject to dedicated wner's priority to obligations se the funds fora the completion f the Work. Bond, 2.1. Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due 9. Surety shall not be liable to Owner, Claimants, or others for obligations of Claimants,and Contractor that are unrelated to the Contract. Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall 2.2. Defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless Owner from all claims, have under this Bond no obl gat ons to make payments to,give notices on behalf demands, liens, or suits alleging non-payment by Contractor by any of,or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. person or entity who furnished labor,materials,or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract,provided Owner has promptly notified 10. Surety hereby waives notice of any change,including changes of time,to the Contractor and Surety(at the addresses described in Paragraph 12)of Contract or to related Subcontracts,purchase orders and other obligations. any claims, demands, liens, or suits and tendered defense of such claims,demands,liens,or suits to Contractor and Surety,and provided 11. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other there is no Owner Default. than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the Work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date(1) 3. With respect to Claimants,this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Paragraph 4.1 or Paragraph promptly makes payment,directly or indirectly,for all sums due. 4.2.3,or(2)on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction 4. Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: Contract,whichever of(1)or(2)first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph are void 4.1. Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with sureties or defense in the jurisdiction f the suit shall be applicable,available to Contractor have given notice to Surety(at the addresses described in Paragraph 12)and sent a copy,or notice thereof,to Owner,stating that 12. Notice to Surety,Owner,or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the a claim is being made under this Bond and,with substantial accuracy, addresses shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the amount of the claim. Owner,or Contractor,however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as 4.2. Claimants who do not have a direct contract with Contractor: of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory requirement 1. Have furnished written notice to Contractor and sent a copy, or in the location where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this notice thereof,to Owner,within 90 days after having last performed Bond conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be stating,with substantial accuracy,the amount of the claim and the deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a name of the party to whom the materials or equipment were statutory Bond and not as a common law bond. furnished or supplied, or for whom the labor was done or performed;and 14. Upon request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this , 2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from Contractor, permit a Bond to be trmade. shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above notice any communication from Contractor by which Contractor had indicated 15. DEFINITIONS the claim will be paid directly or indirectly;and 111' 15.1. Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with 3. Not having been paid within the above 30 days,have sent a written Contractor, or with a first-tier subcontractor of Contractor,to furnish notice to Surety and sent a copy,or notice thereof,to Owner,stating labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation the previous written notice furnished to Contractor. in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, 5. If a notice by a Claimant required by Paragraph 4 is provided by Owner to power,light,heat,oil,gasoline,telephone service, or rental equipment Y used in the Contract,architectural and engineering services required for Contractor or to Surety,that is sufficient compliance. performance of the Work of Contractor and Contractor's I Subcontractors,and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be 6. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4,the Surety shall asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials, or equipment promptly and at Surety's expense take the following actions: were furnished. 6.1. Send an answer to that Claimant,with a copy to Owner,within 45 days 15.2. Contract:The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed. thereto. 6.2. Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 15.3. Owner Default:Failure of Owner,which has neither been remedied nor 7. Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the waived,to pay Contractor as required by the Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by Surety. FOR INFORMATION ONLY—Name,Address and Telephone Surety Agency or Broker: Owner's Representative(engineer or other party): I 00 61 13.16-2 1 I STANDARD I GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE I CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By National Society of ACEC ■ in�� ■ A�rrre.�>(s�cmrrt.ox knutar�-srhe f taa�al.rrc PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES jAMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by , xrrtr �xr_rn The Associated General Contractors of America Klah5to mr Grealmg arW Susla+rtor the Built EnvvorrmeM Construction Specifications Institute 1 I I EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional 1 Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 I I I t I I I Copyright©2002 I National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street,Alexandria,VA 22314 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street,N.W.,Washington,DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive,Reston,VA 20191-4400 I I I I These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and I Contractor Nos. C-520 or C-525 (2002 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No. C-001) (2002 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions(No. C-800)(2002 Edition). I I EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-2 I TABLE OF CONTENTS Pale 1 6 ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms 6 6 8 1.02 Terminology 9 ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS 9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance 9 2.02 Copies of Documents 9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times;Notice to Proceed 9 2.04 Starting the Work 9 2.05 Before Starting Construction 9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules 9 ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:INTENT,AMENDING,REUSE 19 10 3.01 Intent 10 3.02 Reference Standards 10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 11 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents 11 3.06 Electronic Data 11 ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;;SUBSURFACE POINTS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;HAZARDOU 11 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS;RE 12 4.01 Availability of Lands 12 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 13 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 13 4.04 Underground Facilities 13 4.05 Reference Points 14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site 14 ARTICLE 5 -BONDS AND INSURANCE 15 5.01 Performance,Payment, and Other Bonds 15 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers 15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance 16 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance 16 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance 16 5.06 Property Insurance 17 5.07 Waiver of Rights 17 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace 17 5.10 Partial Utilization,Acknowledgment of Property Insurer 18 ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 18 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence 18 6.02 Labor; Working Hours 18 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 18 6.04 Progress Schedule 19 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" 29 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 21 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties 21 6.08 Permits 21 6.09 Laws and Regulations 22 6.10 Taxes 22 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas 22 6.12 Record Documents 22 6.13 Safety and Protection 23 6.14 Safety Representative 23 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional 3 l Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 6.16 Emergencies 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples 23 6.18 Continuing the Work 23 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee 24 6.20 Indemnification 24 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services 24 ARTICLE 7-OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 25 7.01 Related Work at Site 25 7.02 Coordination 25 7.03 Legal Relationships 26 ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 26 8.01 Communications to Contractor 26 8.02 Replacement of Engineer 26 8.03 Furnish Data 26 8.04 Pay When Due 26 8.05 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests 26 8.06 Insurance 26 8.07 Change Orders 26 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals 26 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities 26 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 27 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements 27 ARTICLE 9-ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 27 9.01 Owner's Representative 27 9.02 Visits to Site 27 9.03 Project Representative 27 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work 27 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work 27 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 27 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work 28 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 28 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities 28 ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 28 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work 28 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work 28 10.03 Execution of Change Orders 29 10.04 Notification to Surety 29 10.05 Claims 29 ARTICLE 11 -COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES;UNIT PRICE WORK 29 11.01 Cost of the Work 30 11.02 Allowances 30 11.03 Unit Price Work 31 ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 31 12.01 Change of Contract Price 32 12.02 Change of Contract Times 32 12.03 Delays 33 33 ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION,REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.01 Notice of Defects 13.02 Access to Work 33 13.03 Tests and Inspections 33 13.04 Uncovering Work 33 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work 34 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work 34 13.07 Correction Period 34 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work 34 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work 35 ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 14.01 Schedule of Values 36 14.02 Progress Payments 36 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title 36 14.04 Substantial Completion 37 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. 37 Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-4 14.05 Partial Utilization 38 38 38 14.06 Final Inspection 39 14.07 Final Payment 39 ARTICLE Final Completion Delayed 14.09 Waiver of Claims 39 3 ICLE 15-SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 3 9 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause 49 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience 41 41 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate 40 ARTICLE 16-DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 16.01 Methods and Procedures 41 ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.01 Giving Notice 41 17.02 Computation of Times 41 17.03 Cumulative Remedies 41 17.04 Survival of Obligations 41 17.05 Controlling Law 17.06 Headings I I I I I t I I I I I 1 EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional ngineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-5 GENERAL CONDITIONS I 9. Change Order--A document recommended by ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the 1.01 Defined Terms Agreement. A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements 10. Claim--A demand or assertion by Owner or or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings Contract Times,or both, or other relief with respect to the indicated which are applicable to both the singular and terms of the Contract.A demand for money or services by plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, a third party is not a Claim. terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and 11. Contract--The entire and integrated written paragraphs,and the titles of other documents or forms. agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, 1. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments representations,or agreements,whether written or oral. issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed 12. Contract Documents-- Those items so Contract Documents. designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract 2. Agreement--The written instrument which is Documents.Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor's evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface covering the Work. and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 3.Application for Payment--The form acceptable 13. Contract Price--The moneys payable by to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in course of the Work in requesting progress or final accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the payments and which is to be accompanied by such Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 supporting documentation as is required by the Contract in the case of Unit Price Work). Documents. 14. Contract Times--The number of days or the 4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more dates stated in the Agreement to: (i)achieve Milestones,if than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing an (ii)achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) corn- asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels plete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as established by the United States Occupational Safety and evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final Health Administration. payment. 5. Bid--The offer or proposal of a Bidder 15. Contractor--The individual or entity with submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. for the Work to be performed. 6. Bidder--The individual or entity who submits defnition.6 Cost of the Work--See Paragraph 11.01.A for a Bid directly to Owner. 17. Drawings--That part of the Contract 7. Bidding Documents--The Bidding Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the (including all Addenda). Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so 8. Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or defined. Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer--The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. I EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-6 32.Progress Schedule--A schedule,prepared and 20. Field Order--A written order issued by maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan 1 which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. the Contract Times. 33. Project--The total construction of which the 21. General Requirements--Sections of Division Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may 1 of the Specifications.The General Requirements pertain be the whole,or a part. to all sections of the Specifications. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition--The 34. Project Manual--The bound documentary PCBs, Petroleum, information prepared for bidding and constructing the presence at the Site of Asbestos, Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such which may be bound in one or more volumes, is quantities or circumstances hatmay preoseda thereto substantial in contained in the tables)of contents. danger to persons or property p connection with the Work. 35. Radioactive Material—Source, special nucle- ar, Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous ar,or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy provided in Section 1004 of Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended Waste shall have the meaning p from time to time. the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as partner, amended from time to time. 36.Related Entity--An officer,director,p 24.Laws and Regulations;Laws or Regulations employee,agent,consultant,or subcontractor. -Any and all applicable laws,rules,regulations,ordinanc- es, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, autho- rized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction. the Site or any part thereof. 25. Liens--Charges, security interests, or 38. Samples--Physical examples of materials, encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or equipment, or workmanship that are representative of personal property. some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be 26. Milestone--A principal event specified in the ud ed. Contract Documents relating to an intermediate comple- tion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the 39.Schedule of Submittals--A schedule,prepared Work. and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and 27. Notice of Award--The written notice by the time requirements to support scheduled performance Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely of related construction activities. compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions 40. Schedule of Values--A schedule, prepared precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Agreement. Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for 28.Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by Payment. Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Con- tract diagrams, Times will commence to run and on which 41. Shop Drawings--All drawings, Sr Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the illustrations, schedules, and other data or information Contract Documents. which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for 29. Owner--The individual or entity with whom Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some i Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom portion of the Work. the Work is to be performed. 42. Site -Lands or areas indicated in the Contract 30.PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls. Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands 31. Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions Contractor. of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and part of the Contract 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, 43. Specifications That p petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, Documents consisting of written requirements for kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste materials, equipment, systems, standards and and crude oils. workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00 administrative requirements and procedural matters but is evidence that the parties expect that the change applicable thereto. ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order 44. Subcontractor--An individual or entity following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other any,on the Contract Price or Contract Times. Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 1.02 Terminology 45. Substantial Completion--The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereo progressed ro ressed to A. The following words or terms are not defined the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work(or Documents,have the follllowing meaning.rements or Contract a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the B.Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives purposes for which it is intended.The terms"substantially 1. The Contract Documents include the terms"as complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all allowed," "as approved," "as ordered", "as directed" or or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of thereof. professional judgment by. Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," 46. Successful Bidder--The Bidder submitting a "proper," "satisfactory,"nor adjectives of like effect or responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise 47. Supplementary Conditions--That part of the of professional judgment, action or determination will be Contract Documents which amends or supplements these solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance General Conditions. with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of 48. Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, suppli- the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or er, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any 49. Underground Facilities--All underground duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to pipelines, conduits, ducts,cables, wires, manholes,vaults, the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and the Contract Documents. any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid C.Da petroleum products, telephone or other communications, y cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other 1. The word "day" means a calendar day liquids or chemicals,or traffic or other control systems. of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 50. Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. D.Defective 1. The 51. Work--The entire construction or the various word "Work," refers d 'to fWo k�'that his unsatisfactory, fa�ory, separately identifiable parts thereof required to be faulty, provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes or deficient in that it: and is the result of performing or providing all labor, a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating or all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection,reference standard, test, or 52. Work Change Directive--A written statement approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by c. has been damaged Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the g prior a ent Engineer's s - Work,or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive assumed by Owner at Substantial 4.0 Com05). in will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-8 or,if a Notice to Proceed is given,on the day indicated in E.Furnish,Install, Perform,Provide the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may given 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times com- mence e run later than the sixtieth day after the day of with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to g supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement,whichever date is earlier. to the Site(or some other specified location)ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection 2.04 Starting the Work with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on into use or place in final position said services,materials, the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No or equipment complete and ready for intended use. Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which "provide,"when used the Contract Times commence to run. 3.The words"perform"or p in connection with services,materials,or equipment,shall 2 05 Before Starting Construction mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or A. preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after equipment complete and ready for intended use. Agreement (unless otherwise " "install," "perform," or"pro- the Effective Date of the Agr 4.When"furnish," specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall vide"is not used in connection with services,materials,or submit to Engineer for timely review: equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Progress Schedule; indicating Contractor,"provide"is implied. 1. a preliminary Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Docu- the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and F. completing the various stages of the Work, including any ments, words or phrases which have a well-known Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such 2, a preliminary Schedule of Submittals;and recognized meaning. 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS Work which includes quantities and prices of items which ARTICLE when added together equal the Contract Price and subdi- vides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail ring serve as the basis for progress payments performance of the Work. Such prices will include an 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance prices will applicable n appropriate amount of overhead and p pP A. When Contractor delivers the executed each item of Work. counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be 2 06 Preconstruction Conference required to furnish. A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a B. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at conference attended by Owner, Contractor,Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each the parties as establish the Work and to deliver to the other,with copies to each additional insured understanding among P identified in the Supplementary Conditions,certificates of discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2nd to procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either Applications for Payment, and of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) submittals, processing App which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to maintaining required records. purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules 2,02 Copies of Documents to ten A.At least 10 days before submission of the first A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project ineer as will be Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request held to review for acceptability to Eng P at the cost of reproduction. below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments payment shall to 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed and resubmit the schedules.No progress P Y made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are A. The Contract Times will commence to run on submitted to Engineer. the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional 9 Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00 responsibilities of Owner, Contractor,or Engineer, or any 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such will not impose on Engineer responsibili for provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to n' t11e Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve the Work or any duty or authority to undertake respon- Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. sibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be Documents. acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies submittals. A.Reporting Discrepancies 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it 1• Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the component parts of the Work. Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer AMENDING,REUSE any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before 3.01 Intent proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents are complementary; During Performance of Work: If, during the performance what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to or bet ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents ween describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) any Law or Regulation t applicable tto the performance of to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Docu- the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or ments. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby(except usage as being required to produce the intended result will in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until be provided whether or not specifically called for at no an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents additional cost to Owner. has been issued by one of the methods indicated in C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Paragraph 3.04. Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or provided in Article 9. Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambigu- 3.02 Reference Standards ity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and thereof. Regulations B.Resolving Discrepancies 1. Reference to standards, specifications, 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such Documents shall take precedence in resolving any reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regula- provisions of the Contract Documents and: tions in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), a. the provisions of any standard, specification, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the 2. No provision of any such standard, Contract Documents);or specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or applicable the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-10 I (unless such an interpretation of the p rovisions sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies,the hard copies govern. of the Contract Documents would result in viola- , tion of such Law or Regulation). B. Because data stored in electronic media in Contract format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contrac otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the Documents party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days,after which A. 'The Contract Documents may be amended to the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted provide for additions,deletions,and revisions in the Work the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the the or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a day acceptance period will be corrected by the Change Order or a Work Change Directive. transferring party.. 111 B. The requirements of the Contract Documents C. When transferring documents in electronic may be supplemented, and minor variations and media format, the transferring party makes no deviations in the Work may be authorized,by one or more representations as to long term compatibility,usability,or of the following ways: readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or 1.A Field Order; computer hardware differing from those used by the 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or data's creator. Sample; (Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3);or ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; I: 3. Engineer's written interpretation or SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; clarification. REFERENCE POINTS 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier 4.01 Availability of Lands or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all Contractor,the Work under a direct or indirect contract with A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not Contractor,shall not: of general application but specifically related to use of the 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership Site with which Contractor must comply in performing rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay prepared by or for easements for permanent structures or permanent other documents(or copies of any thereof)p re p Y bearing the seal is of media editions;or Engineer or Engineer's consultants, unable changes in agreeing facilities.If C on r cto the Owner are including electronic extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in other documents,or copies thereof on extensions Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor of the Project or any other project without written consent 0 OS ent make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 1 of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaption by Engineer. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will furnish land legal description of thetlandsnuponewhch the survive final payment, or termination of the Contrac performed and Owner's interest therein as Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from os retaining Work is t for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or copies of the Contract Documents for record pure construction lien against such lands in accordance with 3.06 Electronic Data applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional A. Copies of data furnished by Owner or be required for Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or lands s and construction ther to that m or y storage of materials Engineer that may be relied upon are limited the temporary printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in and equipment. electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's I EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional l Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary recognized as inherent in work of the character provided Conditions identify: for in the Contract Documents; 1. those reports of explorations and tests of then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and physical conditions or performing any Work in connec- tion therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or such condition or perform any Work in connection contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract order to do so. Documents. B. Engineer's Revw: After B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical notice as required by Paragraph 4.03 ACeEngii eerriwill Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the accuracy of the "technical data"contained in such reports necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified (with a in the Supplementary Conditions.Except for such reliance conclusionsy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and on such"technical data,"Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of C.Possible Price and Times Adjustments their Related Entities with respect to: 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, existence of such differing subsurface or physical any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's sequences,and procedures of construction to be employed cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs subject,however,to the following: incident thereto;or a. such condition must meet any one or more of 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and indicated in such drawings;or b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs interpretations,opinions,or information. 9.07 and 11.03. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: A.Notice:If Contractor believes that any subsur- face or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that a. Contractor knew of the existence of such is uncovered or revealed either: conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any Price and Contract Times by the submission of a "technical data"on which Contractor is entitled to rely as Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate;or contract;or 2.is of such a nature as to require a change in the b. the existence of such condition could Contract Documents;or reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, explo- 3.differs materially from that shown or indicated ration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous in the Contract Documents;or areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment;or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-12 promptly review the Underground Facility and determine c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the required by Paragraph 4.03.A. Contract Documents to reflect and document the 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree consequences of the existence or location of the Under- round Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of g responsible for the safety and protection of such any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, Underground Facility. or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However,Owner and Engineer, and any 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the of their Related Entities shall not be liable Contract Contractor Contract Documents is required, a Work Change for any claims, costs, losses,made damages (including but Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and not limited to all fees and charges and engineers,architects, document such consequences. An equitable adjustment attorneys, and other professionals and all court or shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by both, to the extent that they are attributable to the i Contractor on or in connection with any other project or existence or location of any Underground Facility that anticipated project. was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and 4.04 Underground Facilities that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably A.Shown or Indicated:The information and data have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any respect to existing Underground Facilities at or such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, contiguous to the Site is based on information and data Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such provided in Paragraph 10.05. 111 Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. p Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Sup- plementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to the accuracy or completeness of any such information establish reference points for construction which in for th Y Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor or data;and to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible II1 2. the cost of all of the following will be for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have established reference points and property monuments,and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior full responsibility for: written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to a. reviewing and checking all such information Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation and data, because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property II indicated in the Contract Documents, monuments by professionally qualified personnel. j c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site during construction,and A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to I d. the safety and protection of all such Under- ground Facilities and repairing any damage those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous at thereto resulting from the Work. Environmental Condition identified at the Site,if any, have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of B.Not Shown or Indicated the Contract Documents. I. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown accurac of the"technical data" contained in such reports or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further in the Supplementary Conditions.Except for such reliance disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any on such"technical data,"Contractor may not rely upon or Work in connection therewith(except in an emergency as make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of i required by Paragraph 6.16.A),identify the owner of such their Related Entities with respect to: Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional s 13 Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. ii 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result any aspects of the means,methods, techniques, sequences of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party and procedures of construction to be employed by may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work thereto;or performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and w ith Article 7. information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings;or G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them interpretations,opinions or information. from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or re- and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution vealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Environmental Condition created with any materials Contract Documents to be included within the scope of brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in responsible. this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to indemnify D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous any individual or entity from and against the conse- quences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediate) H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Y: Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, Work in connection with such condition and in any area partners, employees, agents, consultants, and affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by subcontractors of each and any of them from and against Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning attorneys, and other professionals and all court or the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)arising out of evaluate such condition or take corrective action,if any. or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor E. Contractor shall not be required to resume is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall Work in connection with such condition or in any affected obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity area until after Owner has obtained any required permits from and against the consequences of that individual's or related thereto and delivered to Contractor written notice: entity's own negligence. (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stop- ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE page or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 5.01 Performance,Payment, and Other Bonds F. If after receipt of such written notice A. Contractor shall furnish performance and Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the g Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-14 ■ 1 in Paragraph 13.07,whichever is later,except as provided from claims set forth below which may arise out of or otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other result from Contractor's r ace of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract b onds as are required by the Contra ct Doc um ents. Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the I Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such liable: sureties as are named in the current list of"Companies 1. claims under workers' compensation, Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Compa- h' nies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the acts; I Financial Management Service,Surety Bond Branch, 2, claims for damages because of bodily injury, Department of the Treasury.All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the agent's occupational o a sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's authority to act. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or sickness or disease, or death of any person other than its right to do business is terminated in any state where Contractor's employees; tany part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably requirements of Paragraph 5.01.B, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall,within 20 available personal injury liability coverage which are sus- tained: days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall a.b an person as a result of an offense directly comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.B and or ndire t y related to the employment of such 5.02. person by Contractor,or 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers b.by any other person for any other reason; A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or itself, because of injury located,to or including destruction oof tangible insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized p p rty in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue therefrom;and bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages 6,claims for damages because of bodily injury or so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications death of any aintenance or use of any mot r vehicleof the as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. ownership, B. The policies of insurance required by this 5.03 Certificates of Insurance Paragraph 5.04 shall: A.Contractor shall deliver to Owner,with copies 1 with respect to insurance required by to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence Paragraphs of insurance requested by Owner or any o her additional through O inclusive, include as additional in sured (subject to any ustomary exclus on insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and r dg professional ati Owner Engineer, maintain. regarding ualsorenties identified d in the Supple- mentary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as addi- B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor,with copies tional insureds, and include coverage for the respective to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary officers, directors, partners, employees, Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other o rivid� additional sinsur insureds, and subcontractors insu insurance afforded to to all the e of insurance requested by Contractor any additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase additional i insureds eds shall provide primary coverage for all and maintain. 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in III A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Regulations,whichever is greater; Work being performed and as will provide protection EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional lngineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. s 3.include completed operations insurance; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall 4. include contractual liability insurance at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by flood) and to each other additional insured identified in the and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifi- Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of cally required by the Supplementary Conditions; insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 6. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by accordance with Paragraph 13.07;and Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in 7. with respect to completed operations insur- an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; ance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims- made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by final payment. Owner; a. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other 6.include testing and startup;and additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, to whom a certificate of 7. be maintained in effect until final payment insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, to Owner and any such additional insured of Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to continuation of such insurance at final payment each other additional insured to whom a certificate of and one year thereafter. insurance has been issued. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property A. In addition to the insurance required to be insurance as may be required by the Supplementary provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified Owner against claims which may arise from operations in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, under the Contract Documents. directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is 5.06 Property Insurance deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain C. All the policies of insurance (and the certifi- property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the cates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to and maintained in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will such deductible amounts as may be provided in the contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or Regulations).This insurance shall: renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accor- or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, dance with Paragraph 5.07. and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and and maintaining any property insurance specified in this shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-16 Ideductible amounts that are identified in the Supple- 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, mentary Conditions. The risk of loss within such or other loss osr damage to Owner's s p operty or the Work identified deductible amount will be borne by Contractor, physical Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if caused arising ot ut out or resulting Owner;and fire or other any of them wishes property insurance coverage within perils whether I the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. 2, loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from E. If Contractor requests in writing that other fr other nsurance maintained uon the completed Project special insurance be included in the property insurance property thereof by Owner during partial utilization policies provided under Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if or ursuant to Paragraph 14.05,after Substantial Completion possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment be charged to Contractor of the appropriate Change Order. pursuant to Paragraph Paragraph 14. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner p shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner other insurance has been procured by Owner. covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred 5.07 Waiver of Rights to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors,employees, o Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all Engineer, and the officers, directors,p other individuals or entities identifiededs or add ponal hems, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of ple- mentary Conditions to be listed as insu insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds I them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage Any A. An insured loss under the policies of for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes be adjusted of loss covered thereby. All such policies event ofh contain insurance required by with Owner and made Paragraph 5.06 Owner as fiduciary for provisions to the effect that r the ev payment any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject tot the recovery against any of the insureds or additional ts insureds ainst Parag aph 5.08.B. Owner applicable all deposit n aSes and thereunder.Owner and Contractor waive all rights g 11 each other and their respective officers, directors, account any money so received and shall distribute it in partners, employees, agents, consultants and accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the III damages caused by,arising out of or resulting from any of damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and the cost thereoflcovered by an appropriate Change O der and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as and s ttl interest loss tss with object in unless l within 15 day insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and after the occurrence of loss to Own r'wne aassfid of this subcontractors of each and any of them) under such power. If such objection be made, with 1 policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the such a reement as the parties in interest may reachelf no shall make above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party g making such waiver may have to otherwise proceeds Owner agreement s fiduciary halltadj parties t and settle the loss with the tinsurance any held by Owner . trustee or payable insurers and, if required in writing by any party in under any policy so issued. interest,Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper I B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, performance of such duties. partners, employees, agents, consultants and 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to subcontractors of each and any of them for: Replace IA. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700 l Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other received from the superintendent shall be binding on party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the Contractor. certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.B. Owner and Contractor shall each 6.02 Labor; Working Hours provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the perform construction as required by the Contract Docu- Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other ments. Contractor shall at all times maintain good disci- party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the pline and order at the Site. start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the party's interests at the expense of the party who was Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order performed during regular working hours. Contractor will shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given Insurer after prior written notice to Engineer. A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to responsibility for all services,materials,equipment,labor, Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in transportation, construction equipment and machinery, writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance water,sanitary facilities,temporary facilities,and all other shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or testing,start-up,and completion of the Work. permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. B.All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or,if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct quality of materials and equipment. the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions responsible for the means, methods, techniques, of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor provided in the Contract Documents. shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific 6.04 Progress Schedule means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress required by the Contract Documents. Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided B. At all times during the progress of the Work, below. Contractor shall assign a competent resident superin- tendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright CO 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-18 I 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for 2) it will conform substantially to the I acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) detailed re it will co of the item named in the proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will q not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjust- Contract Documents. ments will comply with any provisions of the General Re- ' 2.Substitute Items quirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of I material or equipment proposed by Contractor Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be does not uali as an "or-equal" item under submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article q f' 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a a Change Order. proposed substitute item. I 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment A.Whenever an item of material or equipment is osed is essentially equivalent to that named specified or described in the Contract Documents by prop using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of particular Supplier, the specification or description is mate m or equipment will not be accepted by g I intended establish the type, function, appearance, and m Trial from anyone other than Contractor. quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, I equivalent, or "or-equal" item or no substitution is c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as permitted, other items of material or equipment or lemented in the General Requirements and material or equipment of other Suppliers may be su pP submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the Idescribed below. circumstances. 1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in Engineer's sole d. Contractor shall make written application to discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use.The application: I Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an I 1 shall certify that the proposed substi- "or-equal"item, in which case review and approval of the ) tute item will: proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the a)perform adequately the functions and I requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. achieve the results called for by the For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed eneral design, item of material or equipment will be considered g functionally equal to an item so named if: b) be similar in substance to that I specified,and a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment p Engineer determines that: c) be suited to the same use as that s 111 1) it is at least equal in materials of specified; construction, quality, durability, appearance, 2)will state: strength,and design characteristics; I a)2) it will reliably perform at least a the extent, if any,to which the use of equally well the function and achieve the results the proposed substitute item will preju- dice Contractor's achievement of imposed by the design concept of the completed Substantial Completion on time; ' Project as a functioning whole, b whether or not use of the proposed 3)it has a proven record of performance substitute item in the Work will require I and availability of responsive service;and a change in any of the Contract Docu- ments (or in the provisions of any other b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and direct contract with Owner for other I incorporated into the Work: work on the Project)to adapt the design 1) there will be no increase in cost to to the proposed substitute item;and the Owner or increase in Contract Times,and I EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-19 c) whether or not incorporation or use Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct of the proposed substitute item in con- contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of nection with the Work is subject to each proposed substitute. payment of any license fee or royalty; F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall 3)will identify: provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or-equal"at Contractor's expense. a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified,and 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcon- services; tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 4) and shall contain an itemized esti- 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, against mate of all costs or credits that will result whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor directly or indirectly from use of such substitute shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, item, including costs of redesign and claims of Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or other contractors affected by any resulting perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has change, reasonable objection. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Proce- B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the dures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other or procedure of construction is expressly required by the individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to determine that (either in writing or by failing to make written objection the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reason- able objection after due investigation. Contractor shall C. Engineer's Evaluation:, Engineer will be submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected I allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the and 6.05.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate additional data about the proposed substitute item. Change Order will be issued.No acceptance by Owner of Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall consti- until Engineer's review is complete, which will be tute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an defective Work. approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner determination. and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the t Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and III performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any omissions.Nothing in the Contract Documents: substitute. 1. shall create for the benefit of any such I E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B Whether or not Engineer entity,nor approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the 2. shall anything in the Contract Documents charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed create any obligation on the part of Owner or substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys 111 charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. i 00700-20 I or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold and Regulations. harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for partners, employees, agents, consultants and scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, subcontractors of each and any of them from and against Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or contract with Contractor. arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)arising out of ' E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, or relating to any infringement of patent rights or Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities per- copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the forming or furnishing any of the Work to communicate Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not with Engineer through Contractor. specified in the Contract Documents. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifica- tions and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcon- A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supple- tractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. mentary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appro- and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental priate agreement between Contractor binds the of the Wo klwh which e applicable at thertimepof opening and the 1 Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the Agreement. Owner cr for shall providing pay l permanent of service i e Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is to the Work. with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor 6.09 Laws and Regulations and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions A. Contractor shall give all notices required by whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, and Engineer„ and all other ale shall comply performance with all of than Regulations e pwhe- individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary p y required applicable Laws and Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds otherwise eulationsx neither r Owner by Engineer shall be (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, any Laws or Regulations. relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or loss covered by such policies and any other property having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any Re ations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, Isuch policies require separate waiver forms to be signed loss, and damages (including but not limited to all fees th by e same.any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other the professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's primary A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and responsibility to make certain that the Specificati Regulations, royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the Drawings are in accordance with Laws and performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's of any invention, design, process, product, or device obligations under Paragraph 3.03. 1 which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date o on in the performance of the Work and if to subject the cost or1time of performance of the Work shall bet the knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use J subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as Documents. provided in Paragraph 10.05. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional 2 Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. s D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load 6.10 Taxes nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the 6.12 Record Documents performance of the Work. A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field A.Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during 1. Contractor shall confine construction equip- construction. These record documents together with all ment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop operations of workers to the Site and other areas Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engi- construction equipment or other materials or equipment. neer for Owner. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or 6.13 Safety and Protection occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precau- 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner tions and programs in connection with the Work. or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration prevent damage,injury or loss to: or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 1. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and by the Workll persons on the Site or who may be affected Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to partners, employees, agents, consultants and be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the subcontractors of each and any of them from and against Site;and all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, 3. other ro p p e rty at the Site or adjacent thereto, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)arising out of roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, the course of construction. Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable of the Work. Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from B.Removal of Debris During Performance of the damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and Underground Facilities and other utility owners when disposal of such waste materials,rubbish,and other debris prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation,and replacement of their property. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work C. All damage, injury, and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the com- referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 lorss6.13.A.3 pcaus d pletion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, all tools, appliances, construction equipment and any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to original condition all property not designated for perform any of the Work,or anyone for whose acts any of alteration by the Contract Documents. them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Draw- EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-22 Iings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, III Owner or Engineer or , or anyone employed by any of specified performance and design criteria, them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be e materials, and similar data to show Engineer the liable, and not attributable,directly or indirectly,in whole services, materials, and equipment Contractor or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any ro oses to provide and to enable Engineer to III Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity rev ew the information for the limited purposes directly or indirectly employed by any of them). required by Paragraph 6.17.D. D. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for 2 Samples: Contractor shall also submit III safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accor- such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has dan e with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance ' Sam with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable p (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection Sample submittals. a, Submit number of Samples specified in the with Substantial Completion). Specifications. 6.14 Safety Representative b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier,pertinent data such as catalog numbers, A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and the use for which intended and other data as II experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties Engineer may require to enable Engineer to and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents review the submittal for the limited purposes and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions I and programs. required by Paragraph 6.17.D. B.Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review A. Contractor shall be responsible for o- coordi- 11 rnating any exchange of material safety data sheets eets o and approval of the pertinent submittal will be r'' the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. other hazard communication information required to be ex made available to or exchanged between or among C. Submittal Procedures employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,Contractor shall have determined and verified: 6.16 Emergencies a. all field measurements,quantities,dimensions, A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protec- specified performance and design criteria, tion of persons or the Work or property at the Site or p installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give thereto; Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that I any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are b, the suitability of all materials with intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, to � required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to change in the Contract Documents is required because of the performance of the Work; t the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order c. all information relative to Contractor's will be issued. responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples safety precautions and programs incident thereto; A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and and 1 Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accor- d, shall also have reviewed and coordinated each dance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals (as Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be Drawings and Samples and with the identified as Engineer may require. requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 1. Shop Drawings a. Submit number of copies specified in the 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied General Requirements. Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents r EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional s 2Egineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or submittal. os oned P tp pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. Engineer specific written notice of any variations,that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing's A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submit- Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its ted to Engineer for review and approval of each such Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation variation. of Contractor's warranty and ty guarantee. D.Engineer's Review B. Contractor's warranty and hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by�arantee 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review or operation by persons other than Contractor, Sub- and approval will be only to determine if the items contractors, Suppliers,or any other individual or entity for covered by the submittals will, after installation or whom Contractor is responsible;or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with 2.normal wear and tear under normal usage. the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- ments. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will 2. Engineer's review and approval will not constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's procedures of construction (except where a particular obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the means,method,technique, sequence,or procedure of con- Contract Documents: struction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents: Contract Documents)or to safety precautions or programs 1.observations by Engineer; incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in 2. recommendation by Engineer or which which the item functions. Owner of any progress or final p a yment; pa yment by 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless by Owner; Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part approval of each such variation by specific written thereof by Owner; notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample.Engineer's review and approval pp 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptabil- complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. ity by Engineer; E.Resubmittal Procedures 6.any inspection,test,or approval by others;or 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner. Engineer and shall return the required number of cor- rected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall 6.20 Indemnification direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous Regulations, Contractor t shall pindemnify by and shold submittals. harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and 6.18 Continuing the Work subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not A.Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or attorneys, and other professionals and all court or EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-24 shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)arising out of pp or relating to the performance of the Work,provided that certifications,such hp professional. Shop Drawings and other any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to submittals related to the Work designed or certified by bodily injury,sickness,disease,or death,or to injury to or such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such destruction of tangible property (other than the Work professional's written approval when submitted to itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but Engineer. only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission g of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any u on the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose services, certifications or approvals performed by such acts any of them may be liable. design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have B. In any and all claims against Owner or specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, that such services must satisfy. officers,directors,partners,or employees by any employ- ee Pursuant(or the survivor or personal representative of such review and approval of design calculations and design employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any purpose of checking Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly drawings will be only for the limited pure for conformance with performance and design criteria employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or given and the design concept expressed in the Contract anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall Drawings other submittals(except design calculations stated ti not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount g will be only for the pure compensation,or benefits payable by and design drawings) Y or type of damages, comp in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit adequacy of the performance or design criteria required acts. by the Contract Documents. C.The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of ARTICLE 7-OTHER WORK AT THE SITE Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out o£ 7.01 Related Work at Site 1.the preparation or approval of,or the failure to A. Owner may perform other work related to the prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, Project employees, or via other surveys,Change Orders,designs,or Specifications;or direct contracts Site with therefor,Oor, have other work performed by 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to utility owners.If such other work is not noted in the Con- give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or tract Documents,then: damage. 1. written notice thereof will be given to 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services Contractor prior to starting any such other work;and A. Contractor will not be required to provide 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree professional design services unless such services forra an eadjustmenttlnothe Contract P ce or Contract Times specifically required by the Contract Documents Y portion of the Work or unless such services for construction Claim may be allowed dtherefor asltprovided other Paragraph to carry out Contractor's responsibilities means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. 10.05. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor services in violation of applicable law. who is a party to such a direct contract,each utility owner B. If professional design services or and Owner, if Owner is proper and safe access to the Site,with Owner's employees, p p certifications by a design professional related to systems, for the introduction and storage of materials or equipment are specifically required of reasonable opportunity Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and work,materials nd shall equipment roperly coordinate thetWork with theirs.Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria fiate , and patching o t that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause Contractor shall do all cutting, g connect or such services or certifications to be provided by a Work that may be required toproperly properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal ons of the otherwise make Contractral parts come together and EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional 2Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. r properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the ' others whose work will be affected. The duties and 8.01 Communications to Contractor responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to A.Except as otherwise provided in these General the extent that there are comparable Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to p provisions for the Contractor through Engineer. benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer ' C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by A. In case of termination of the employment of p Y Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writin Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status g an Y Engin the Contract Documents shall be that of the former delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper Engineer. execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such 8.03 Furnish Data other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data deficiencies in such other work. required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 7.02 Coordination 8.04 Pay When Due A. If Owner intends to contract with others for A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, �4.0n they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.0 and 1 the following will be set forth in Supplementary Condi- tions: 14.07.C. ' 8.05 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests 1. the individual or entity who will have A. Owner's duties in respect of providing lands authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying 2. the specific matters to be covered by such and making available to Contractor copies of reports of authority and responsibility will be itemized; and explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing 3. the extent of such authority and responsibili- surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the ties will be provided. Site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparing the B. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 8.06 Insurance 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insur- A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable ance are set forth in Article 5. for utilities not under the control of Owner. 8.07 Change Orders B. Each other direct contract of Owner under A. Owner is Paragraph 7.01.A shall provide that the other contractor is obligated to execute Change Orders as liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct indicated in Paragraph 10.03. delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a 8 result of the other contractor's actions or inactions. .08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and an A. Owner's responsibility in respect to certain other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and 13 03.Bons, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's action or inactions. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-26 Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. direct,or have A.The Owner shall not supervise, � B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject control or authority over, nor be responsible for, to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09.Particularly,but procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's programs incident thereto,or for any failure of Contractor visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer will to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the not supervise,direct, control, or have authority over or be performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in q procedures of construction, or the safety sequences, or p accordance with the Contract Documents. precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Condition Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undis- closed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Engineer will A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Paragraph 4.06. furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner's representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the Supplementary Conditions. responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING Supplementary Conditions. CONSTRUCTION 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in 9.01 Owner's Representative the Work from the requirements of the Contract A. Engineer will be Owner's representative Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the g Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible during the construction period. The duties and responsi- bilities with the design concept of the completed Project as a bilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- Owner's representative during construction are set forth ments. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and in the Contract Documents and will not be changed ��ill be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who without written consent of Owner and Engineer. shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an 9.02 Visits to Site adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at inter- vals appropriate to the various stages of construction as a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as the 10.05. experienced and qualified design professional progress that has been made and the quality of the various 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in s�hich Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the believes will not produce a completed Project that Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to the integrity of the design concept of the completed check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will require special inspection or testing of the Work as conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the rovided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep s of the ed,installed,or completed. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright CO 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and good faith in such capacity. , limitations thereof,as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Paragraph 6.17. Responsibilities B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the drawings submitted in response to a delegation of Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer professional design services,if any, see Paragraph 6.21. in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such , authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to performance of any authority or responsibility by Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11,and 12. Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other Applications for Payment,see Article 14. individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of ' Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the construction, or the safety precautions and programs Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to before rendering a written decision thereon (by comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the recommendation of an Application for Payment or performance of the Work. Engineer will not be respon- otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be sible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to accordance with the Contract Documents. reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract any of theoWork.any other individual or entity performing Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the Pa D. Engineer's review of the final Application for requirements of the Contract Documents and 'ud e of the maintenance yment and accompanying documentation and all J g aintenance and operating instructions, schedules, acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor approvals, and dotherrt documentation erequired tests to and be arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine the acceptability of the Work,and the interpretation of the generally that their content complies with the require- requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the ments of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, performance of the Work, will be referred initially to tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise compliance with the Contract Documents. to the question E. The limitations upon authority and responsi- B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, bility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner the Resident Project Representative, if any,and assistants, or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them if any. to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK;CLAIMS event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.B. C. Engineer's written decision on the issue 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work referred will be final and binding on Owner and A. Without invalidating the Contract and without Contractor,subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. notice to any surety, Owner may,at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the D. When functioning as interpreter and judge Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-28 promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be 10.05 Claims performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract A. Engineer's Decision Required: All Claims, Documents(except as otherwise specifically provided). except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09,shall be B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by on entitlement to,or on the amount or extent,if any,of an Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents both,that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change or Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in by Paragraph 10.05. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim,shall be delivered by the claimant to 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly(but A.Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice Times with respect to any work performed that is not of the amount or extent of the Claim,with supporting data required by the Contract Documents as amended, shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to modified,or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event except in the case of an emergency as provided in (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant a such Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as submit additional or more accurate data in support provided in Paragraph 13.04.B. Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of 10.03 Execution of Change Orders Paragraph 12.01.B.A Claim for an adjustment in Contract A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropri- ate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering: of Paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment 1. changes in the Work which are: (i)ordered by claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The Ow p opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under last submittal(unless Engineer allows additional time). Paragraph 13.09,or(iii)agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the p opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; in writing: and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract 1.deny the Claim in whole or in part, Times which embody the substance of any written 2. approve the Claim,or decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such 3.notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but Contractor shall carry on the purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice during any such appeal, shall be deemed a denial. Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in �' Paragraph 6.18.A. D.In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be 10.04 Notification to Surety deemed denied. A. If notice of any change affecting the general E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract 10.05.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.O5.C.3 or Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price 10.05.0 will be final and binding upon Owner and or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the bond to be given to a surety,the giving of any such notice dispute resolution procedure set forthot in Article 16 within will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each 30 days of such action or denial. applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of Y any such change. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner,who will or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. if any,will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the ARTICLE 11 - Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work COST OF THE WORK; and fee shall be determined in the same manner as ALLOWANCES;UNIT PRICE WORK Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. I 11.01 Cost of the Work 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work surveyors,veyors, attornl eys, andchaccount testing laboratories, i means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in services specifically related to the Woks) employed for Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When 5. Supplemental costs including the following: the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is a. The proportion of necessary transportation, determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional employees incurred in discharge of duties or incremental costs required because of the change in the connected with the Work. Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by b. Cost, including transportation and mainte- I Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include machinery, appliances, office, and temporary only the following items, and shall not include any of the facilities at the Site,and hand tools not owned by I costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B. the workers, which are consumed in the perfor- mance of the Work, and cost, less market value, 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct of such items used but not consumed which employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work remain the property of Contractor. under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, c. Rentals of all construction equipment and without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for from Contractor or others in accordance with employees not employed full time on the Work shall be rental agreements approved by Owner with the apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. advice of Engineer, and the costs of Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs include social security contributions, unemployment, shall be in accordance with the terms of said excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health rental agreements. The rental of any such equip- and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and ment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes a the above to the extent authorized by Owner. related to the Work, and for which Contractor is 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished liable,imposed by Laws and Regulations. I and incorporated in the Work, including costs of e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone services required in connection therewith. All cash directly or indirectly employed by any of them or discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner for whose acts any of them may be liable, and deposits funds with Contractor with which to make pay- royalty payments and fees for permits and ments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to licenses. Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so caused by damage to the Work,not compensated that they may be obtained. by Contractor insurance or otherwise, sustained by I. 3. Payments made by Contractor to of the Workn(exc ptclosses and with ages within Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If the deductible amounts of property insurance required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive established in accordance with Paragraph bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-30 I 1 resulted from causes other than the negligence of be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a directly or indirectly employed by any of them or Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such on the basis of Cost of the Work,Contractor's fee shall be losses shall include settlements made with the determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. I written consent and approval of Owner.No such D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the losses, Cost of, and Work expenses shall the be pose of Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B,Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary accepted accounting practices and submit in a form facilities at the Site. acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long 11.02 Allowances distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in A. It is understood that Contractor has included connection with the Work. in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered insurance Contractor is required by the Contract entbeeperformed be for such sums to and by such ch persons or �` Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work B. Cash Allowances shall not include any of the following items: 1.Contractor agrees that: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, of materials and equipment required by the safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attor- allowances ton delivered equipment required Site, byd he net's, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting applicable taxes;and agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other pp personnel employed by Contractor,whether at the Site or b, Contractor's costs for unloading and handling in Contractor's principal or branch office for general on the Site, labor, installation , overhead, profit, administration of the Work and not specifically included and other expenses contemplated for the cash in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred allowances have been included in the Contract to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Price and not in the allowances, and no demand Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered for additional payment on account of any of the administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. foregoing will be valid. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch C.Contingency Allowance offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. payments. D.Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor,any Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be ondingly adjusted. liable, including but not limited to, the correction of comes p I defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment 11.03 Unit Price Work wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. A. Where the Contract Documents provide that 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit expressly included in Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B. Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in performed on the basis of cost-plus,Contractor's fee shall the Agreement. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional 3 Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. s allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2);or Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial 3. where the Work involved is not covered by Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work provisions of Paragraph 9.07. (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an provided in Paragraph 12.01.C).and profit (determined as amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for identified item. overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee;or an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 i£ 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work of the Costlof following Work:percentages of the various portions performed by Contractor differs materially and signifi- cantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 in the Agreement;and and 11.01.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect any other item of Work;and b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.3, 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the arties the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no P fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase 12.01.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who or decrease. actually performs the Work,at whatever tier,will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; 12.01 Change of Contract Price d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.4, 11.01.A.5, Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the and 11.01.B; Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the e. the amount of credit to be allowed by other party to the Contract in accordance with the Contractor to Owner for any change which provisions of Paragraph 10.05. results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a B. The value of any Work covered by a Change deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract to five percent of such net decrease;and Price will be determined as follows: f. when both additions and credits are involved 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit in any one change, the adjustment in prices contained in the Contract Documents, by applica- Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis tion of such unit prices to the quantities of the items of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e,inclusive. or 12.02 Change of Contract Times 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a A. The Contract Times may only be changed by mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-32 I by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; provisions of Paragraph 10.0 CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times s DEFECTIVE WORK will be determined in 13.01 Notice of Defects accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which 12.03 Delays Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to A. Where Contractor is prevented Contract corrected,ror acclepted as provided in n this Article 13�ected, completing any part of the Work within Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to 13.02 Access to Work the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other 111, as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the , control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, representatives and personnel of Owner, independent acts or neglect by Owner,acts or neglect of utility owners testing laboratories, and governmental acce i or other contractors performing other work as contemplat- abnormal Work ctiotnal interests will times fors to the observations ed by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, weather conditions,or acts of God. inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contactors or them of Contractor's Site safety procedures and programs utility owners performing other work for Owner as so that they may comply therewith as applicable. contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the 13.03 Tests and Inspections performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment n Contractor's of readi readiness of the Work shall for all required timely inspections, Price or the Contract Times , or b and shall cooperate with inspection and entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is tests,or approvals conditioned on such adjustment being essential to testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services Contract Times. of an independent testing laboratory to perform all C If Con tractor is delayed in the performance or inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal Documents except: weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of rovals covered by utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other 1. for inspections, tests, or app causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.D below; III Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an 2, that costs incurred in connection with tests or equitable adjustment in Contact Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability tadjustment shall be paid as provided in pursuant said Paragraph 1�3.04.C3andB the Work within the Contract Times. Such 1 shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Con- tract described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. tract Documents. D. Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of or Regulations of any public body each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any C. If Laws oq any part thereof) claims, costs, losses, or damages (including bn architects, specificallysao be inspected, tested, (approved by an limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, attorneys, and other professionals cods all sustained by C employee ontractor shallh assume efull tt responsibility for barranging arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) approvals,pay all Contractor on or in connection with any other project or and obtaining euch inspections,, and tests,or pp Engineer the anticipated project. required certificates of inspection or approval. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging within the control of Contractor. Delays Supplier shall any obtaining and hallpay all costs ls required for Owner's and within the control of a Subcontractor or S pp be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional 3ngineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. s be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, A. If the Work is defective,or Contractor fails to mix designs,or equipment submitted for approval prior to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be that the completed Work will conform to the Contract performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Engineer. Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part be inspected, tested,or approved is covered by Contractor of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other requested by Engineer,be uncovered for observation. individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such shall correct all defective Work, whether or not notice. fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer,remove it from the Project and 13.04 Uncovering Work replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,architects, request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be attorneys, and other professionals and all court or uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)arising out of Contractor's expense. or relating to such correction or removal (including but B.If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable not te)limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, B. When correcting defective Work under the shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may Contractor shall take no action that would void or require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, all necessary labor,material,and equipment. if any,on said Work. C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is 13.07 Correction Period defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and A. If within one year after the date of Substantial charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other Completion (or such longer period of time as may be professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute p prescribed by the terms of any applicable special resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such guarantee required by the Contract Documents)or by any uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction is found to be defective,or if the repair of any damages to (including but not limited to all costs of repair or the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price.If contemplated in Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Owner and in accordance with Owner's written Paragraph 10.05. instructions: D. If, the uncovered Work is not found to be 1.repair such defective land or areas;or defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or 2. correct such defective Work;or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim Work that is not defective,and therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-34 I B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss after written notice from Engineer to correct defective or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work re- Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required moved and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if damages(including but not limited to all fees and charges Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with professionals the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other pro with other provision of the Contract Documents, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution Owner a a n ma after seven days written notice to Contractor, costs)arising out of or relating to such correction or repair correct or remedy any such deficiency. or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of B. In exercising the rights and remedies under others)will be paid by Contractor. this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously.or# C. In special circumstances where a particular efore Ownernmay exclude Contractor corrective all or plait of flthe item of equipment is placed in continuous service Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and I Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction take posses- period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if sionend CContraor's se tices,related thereto,construction so provided in the Specifications. equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the D. Where defective Work (and damage to other for which Owner has paid Contractor but the Site or stored Work resulting therefrom)has been corrected or elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction representatives,l h Contractor shall employees, Owner's other period hereunder with respect to such Work will be contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants extended for an additional period of one year after such access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights correction or removal and replacement has been and remedies under this Paragraph. satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. (including but not limited to all fees and charges of The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions and Sall court or arbitration on or Ownerdis et erresollut on of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be II 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal Contract Documents withrespect ate decreaseon the Coont act and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to shall be entitled to an appropriate Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) Price.If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,architects, and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or attorneys, and other professionals and all court or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)attributable to Contractor's defective Work. Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work(such costs to be approved by Engineer as D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to of frformCoe act the ecause of any the delay nethe this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to pOwner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change ra parr Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions Paragraph 13.09. I in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work COMPLETION so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Or may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation,an appropriate amount will be 14.01 Schedule of Values II paid by Contractor to Owner. A.The Schedule of Values established as provid- ed in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. payments and will be incorporated into a form of Applica- b. the quality of the Work is generally in accor- tion for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress dance with the Contract Documents (subject to payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole the number of units completed. prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the 14.02 Progress Payments Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work A.Applications for Payments under Paragraph 9.07, and to any other 1. At least 20 days before the date established in qualifications stated in the recommendation);and the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out entitled to such payment appear to Engineer's been and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as responsibility in so far as it is Engineer's P responsibility to observe the Work. of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract 3. By recommending any such a Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of will not thereby be deemed to have represented h t gineer materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing,the Application for Payment a. inspections made to check the quality or the Y quantity of the Work as it has been performed shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and a ui ment are inspections of the Work beyond the responsi- q P bilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the covered by appropriate property insurance or other Contract Documents;or arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. b. that there may not be other matters or issues Application for between the parties that might entitle Contractor 2. Beginning with the second A PP to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Owner to withhold Contractor stating that all previous progress payments pa yment to Contractor. received on account of the Work have been applied on 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor associated with prior Applications for Payment. Engineer's recommendation of any payment,y p yment, including final payment,will impose responsibility on Engineer: 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. a.to supervise,direct,or control the Work,or B.Review of Applications b. for the means, methods, techniques, days after receipt of sequences, or procedures of construction, or the 1. Engineer will, within 10 da Y P safety precautions and programs incident thereto, each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a or recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws g and Regulations applicable to Contractor's recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may performance of the Work,or make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. d. to make any examination to ascertain how or 2. Engineer's recommendation of an a ment for what purposes Contractor has used the Y P Y moneys paid on account of the Contract Price,or requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner,based on Engineer's e. to determine that title to any of the Work, observations on the Site of the executed Work as an materials,or equipment has passed to Owner free experienced and qualified design professional and on and clear of any Liens. Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole Engineer's knowledge,information and belief: or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would a. the Work has progressed to the point indicat- stated in Paragrapht14.02.B.2.eEng neertmay also Orefuse ed; to recommend any such payment p yment or because of subse- quently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-36 inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment 3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's recommendation previously made, to such extent as may refusal of payment was not justified, the amount be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1. loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title been damaged, requiring correction or replace- A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title ment; to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not,will pass to Owner no later than the time of 7 Change Orders; payment free and clear of all Liens. c. Owner has been required to correct defective 14.04 Substantial Completion Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09;or A. When Contractor considers the entire Work d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner occurrence of any of the events enumerated in and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is Paragraph 15.02.A. substantially complete(except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer C.Payment Becomes Due issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, , for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions inspection of the Work to determine the status of of Paragraph 14.02.D)become due, and when due will be completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete,Engineer will notify Contractor in paid by Owner to Contractor. writing giving the reasons therefor. D.Reduction in Payment C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially 1.Owner may refuse to make payment of the full complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative 11. amount recommended by Engineer because: certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to a. claims have been made against Owner on the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or account of Contractor's performance or furnish- corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which ing of th e Work; to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions b. Liens have been filed in connection with the of the certificate or attached list.If,after considering such Work, except where Contractor has delivered a objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not er specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the substantially the tentat ve certiineer tonOwner notify satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; Contractor in writing,stating the reasons therefor.If,after Owner to a consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers c. there are o ther items entitling the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within set-off against the amount recommended;or said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor d.Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence certificate of hsttof itemst Sustantial (with a of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs re ed) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph )as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any 15.02.A. objections from Owner. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full D. At the time of delivery of the tentative amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Engineer will certificate of Substantial Completion, Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommen- pay stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of dation as to division of responsibilities pending fina l the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment maintenance,heat,utilities,insurance, and warranties and thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when guarantees.Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to such action. Engineer's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial 14.07 Final Payment Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. A.Application for Payment /- 14.05 Partial Utilization 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance completed part of the Work which has specifically been and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may by Owner for its intended purpose without significant make application for final payment following the interference with Contractor's performance of the procedure for progress payments. remainder of the Work, subject to the following condi- tions. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied(except as previously delivered)by: 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of a. all documentation called for in the Contract the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its Documents, including but not limited to the intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.B.7; substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially b.consent of the surety, any,and request Engineer to issue a certificate of y�to final payment; Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. c. a list of all Claims against Owner that 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Contractor believes are unsettled;and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such d. complete and legally effective releases or part of the Work ready for its intended use and substan- waivers(satisfactory to Owner)of all Lien rights tially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate waivers(satisfactory to Owner)of all Lien rights of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will receipts include all labor, services, material, and notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner will apply with respect to certification of Substantial or Owner's property Completion of that part of the Work and the division of been paid or otherwise gsatisfed. If any eSubcontractor aor responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of satisfactory oaOwner lto indemnify Owner eagainst collateral any part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the Lien. requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. B. Engineer's Review of Application and 14.06 Final Inspection Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the the Work during construction and final inspection, and entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with and accompanying documentation as required by the Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals has been completed and Contractor's other obligations EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-38 with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged n Cr Documen have been• fulfilled, ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION by Owner in writing as still unsettled. 1 u Engineer the will, within ten days after receipt of the final Y Application for Payment, indicate ts in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for der Payment to ont Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also act give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the WlO 14 09 aOtherwisesEng nee 11 provisions of Paragrap return the Application for Payment to Contractor,indicat- 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work ing in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final A. At any time and without cause, Owner may neymear corrections case resubmit t t shall Application for suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of necessary corrections and resubmit t App not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Payment. Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which C.Payment Becomes Due Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed.Contractor shall be granted an adjust- 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of ment in the Contract Price or e of the Contract such the Application for Payment and accompanying docu- Times, or both, directly makes a attributablClaim they s as mentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less suspension if any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated provided in Paragraph 10.05. damages,will become due and,will be paid by Owner to 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause Contractor. A. The occurrence of any one or more of the 14.08 Final Completion Delayed following events will justify termination for cause: A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance sufficient completion of the Work is significantly donayreceipt d of (including,but not limited tto, failure�otsupplDocumen s Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, p skilled or Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Wrk fully completed and accepted) and recommendation oof failure t workers adhere suita thebProgress Schedule elstablished Engineerr,, and without terminating the Contract, under pursuant to Paragraph 6.04)�adjusted from time to time the Work payment of the balance due for that portion of fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to 2, Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or public body having jurisdiction; corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the of any p Y Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of in Paragraph 5.01,the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work Engineer;or fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way ''a Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms of any provisions of the Contract Documents. IIand conditions governing final payment, except that it B. If one or more of the events identified in fil II shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety ) seven days written notice of its 14.09 Waiver of Claims intent to terminate the services of Contractor: A. The making and acceptance of final payment 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take will constitute: possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Site,liaa d appliances, the same to the full extent they could be from except Claims arising from unsettled from defective Work appearing after final inspection used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for pursuant to Paragraph 14.06,from failure to comply with trespass or conversion), the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and g equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; Contractor but which are stored elsewhere,and and 1 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright C 2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 3. complete the Work as Owner may deem 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date expedient. of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such further payment until the Work is completed. If the expenses; unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, /- costs,losses,and damages(including but not limited to all 3.fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and (including but not al limited t all losses fees and and charges damages other professionals and all court or arbitration or other engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and Subcontractors, Suppliers,and others;and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by termination. Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. B.Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss When exercising any rights or remedies under this of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss Paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the arising out of or resulting from such termination. lowest price for the Work performed. 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and I5.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if A. If, throuh Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice the Work is suspended foromore than 90 consecutive days of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and by Owner or under an order of court or other public proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more authority, or(ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application than 30 days of receipt of said notice. for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally E. Where Contractor's services have been so determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not recover from Owner payment on the same terms as release Contractor from liability. provided in Paragraph 15.03. F. If and to the extent that Contractor has B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and provided a performance bond under the provisions of without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Paragraph 5.01.A,the termination procedures of that bond Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.B, and within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed 15.02.C. for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may,seven days after written notice 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until p a made of all such amounts due Contractor, including A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 '! and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for paid for(without duplication of any items): expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and ARTICLE 16-DISPUTE RESOLUTION reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. 00700-40 Construction Industry Mediation Rules 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified governed by the Cons mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the to the giver of the notice. Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for g mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American 17.02 Computation of Times Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the A. When any period of time is referred to in the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E. Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the exclude the first and include the last day of such period.If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or mediation process in good faith. The process shall be Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the date of termination of the mediation shall be determined computation. by application of the mediation rules referenced above. p C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, 17.03 Cumulative Remedies Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial A. The duties and obligations imposed by these pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become General Conditions and the rights and remedies available final and binding 30 days after termination of the hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any Contractor: rights and remedies available to any or all of them which to invoke any dispute are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regula- 1. elects in writing Regula- tions, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other resolution process provided for in the Supplementary provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of Conditions,or this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated 2. agrees with the other party to submit the specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to Claim to another dispute resolution process,or which they apply. 3. gives written notice to the other party of their intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent 17.04 Survival of Obligations jurisdiction. A. All representations, indemnifications,warran- ties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Docu- ments, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of 17.01 Giving Notice the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. it provision of the Contract A. Whenever any p 17.05 Controlling Law Documents requires the giving of written notice,it will be the law of deemed to have been validly given if: A. This Contract is to be governed by 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a the state in which the Project is located. member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for 17.06 Headings whom it is intended,or A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. I I I EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright©2002 National Society of Pro essio a 41 Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved. I 4 SECTION 00 73 05 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01.A.26 Add the following language at the end of the definition of Milestone: Specific milestones, if any, are described in Section 00 52 10. SC-1.01.A.45 Add the following language at the end of the definition of Substantial Completion: Substantial Completion is further described in Section 00 52 10. 9 SC-1.02 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 1.02.F: G. The Specifications are written in imperative unle unless specifically noted streamlined otherwise. The words I language is directed to the Contractor, is used within sentences or "shall be"are included by inference where a colon (:) phrases. IARTICLE 2- PRELIMINARY MATTERS SC-2.02 Owner shall furnish to Contractor 1 printed copy and 1 electronic(PDF) version of the Contract II Documents. Limitations of use of electronic s and e Bonestroodocuments Room Terms of Use and Instructions to Quoters, General Conditions, Limitations on Use. ARTICLE 4— AVAILABILITY OF LANDS: SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, REFERENCE POINTS SC-4.04.A Add the following new item immediately after Item 2.d: 3. The subsurface utility information on the the guidelines of CI/ASCE 38-.2, entitled"Standard quality level was determined according Guidelines for the Collection and Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data." IARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-5.01 Add the following new paragraph immediately after i D. Separate Performance and Payment Bonds should be submitted utilizing EJCDC Form C-610 and C-615 (2002 Edition) or a similar bond form if approved by Owner. III SC-5.03.B Delete Paragraph 5.03.B in its entirety and insert the following: B. these insurance s Owner a firemen s or failure of Owner toidentify a deficiency from nevidence these insurance requirement provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. C. By requiring such insurance and insurance es coverag and lim it w ill necessarily be adequate to protect Contractor and such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. I ITIONS 007305- 1 . ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 SUPPLEMENTARY COND I SC-5.04 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 5.04.B: C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations: 1. Worker's Compensation and related coverages under Paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and A.2 of the General Conditions a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal (e.g., Longshoreman's) Statutory c. Employer's Liability $1,000,000 2. Contractor's General Liability under Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through A.6 of the General Conditions, which shall include completed operations and product liability coverages and eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody and control of Contractor a. General Aggregate $1,000,000 b. Products - Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 c. Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 d. Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $2,000,000 e. Property Damage liability insurance will provide Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverages where applicable. f. Excess or Umbrella Liability 1) General Aggregate 2) Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Umbrella excess liability shall be a combined single limit which shall provide excess liability insurance over Commercial General Liability, Comprehensive Automobile Liability, and Employers Liability. 3. Automobile Liability under Paragraph 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions: a. Combined Single Limit- Bodily injury and property damage. All owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles. $1,000,000 4. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04.B.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: a. Bodily Injury: Each Person $1,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 b. Property Damage: Each Accident $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate $1,000,000 5. Additional types and amounts of insurance required by Owner a. Railroad Protective Liability Insurance a. Each Accident $2,000,000 b. Aggregate $6,000,000 6. The following persons or entities shall be included as additional insured on the Commercial Liability, Comprehensive Automobile Liability, and Umbrella Excess Liability. This coverage shall be primary and noncontributory: a. Owner b. Engineer SC-5.06.A Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 5.06.A to read: A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain during the entire construction period a Builders Risk Property Insurance Policy in the amount of the full replacement cost of the entire Work at the Site. The insurance policy shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 5.06.A1 through 5.06.A7. A minimum deductible of$1,000 each claim shall apply to this insurance and the risk of loss of the applicable deductible shall be born by ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 007305-2 $ should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. 9. Inspections,Tests, and System Startups: a. Consult with Engineer in advance of scheduled major inspections, tests, and systems startups of important phases of the Work. b. Verify that tests, equipment, and systems start-ups and operating and maintenance training are conducted in the presence of appropriate Owner's personnel, and that Contractor maintains adequate records thereof. c. Observe, record, and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test Iprocedures and systems startups. d. Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, record the results of these inspections, and report to Engineer. 10. Records: a. Maintain at the Site orderly files for correspondence, reports of job I conferences, reproductions of original Contract Documents including all Change Orders, Field Orders, Work Change Directives, Addenda, additional Drawings issued subsequent to the execution of the Contract, Engineer's I clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, progress reports, Shop Drawing and Sample submittals received from and delivered to Contractor, and other Project related documents. b. Prepare a daily report or keep a diary or log book, recording Contractor's hours on the Site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of Change Orders, I Field Orders, Work Change Directives, or changed conditions, Site visitors, daily activities, decisions, observations in general, and specific observations in I more detail as in the case of observing test procedures; and send copies to Engineer. c. Record names, addresses and telephone numbers of Contractor, subcontractors, and major suppliers of materials and equipment. d. Maintain records for use in preparing Project documentation. e. Upon completion of the Work, furnish original set of all RPR Project documentation to Engineer. Ill. Reports: a. Furnish to Engineer periodic reports as required of progress of the Work and of Contractor's compliance with the progress schedule and schedule of Submittals. I b. Draft and recommend to Engineer proposed Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. Obtain backup material from Contractor. c. Furnish to Engineer and Owner copies of all inspection, test, and system I startup reports. d. Report immediately to Engineer the occurrence of any Site accidents, any Hazardous Environmental Conditions, emergencies, or acts of God endangering I the Work, and property damaged by fire or other causes. 12. Payment Requests: Review Applications for Payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with I recommendations to Engineer, noting particularly the relationship of the payment requested to the schedule of values, Work completed, and materials and equipment delivered at the Site but not incorporated in the Work. 13. Certificates, Operation and Maintenance Manuals: During the course of the Work, I verify that materials and equipment certificates, operation and maintenance manuals and other data required by the Specifications to be assembled and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed and in Iaccordance with the Contract Documents, and have these documents delivered to SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS III ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 00 73 05-5 I Engineer for review and forwarding to Owner prior to payment for that part of the Work. 14. Completion: a. Before Engineer issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit to Contractor a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. b. Observe whether Contractor has arranged for inspections required by Laws and Regulations, including but not limited to those to be performed by public agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. c. Participate in a final inspection in the company of Engineer, Owner, and Contractor and prepare a final list of items to be completed or corrected. 111 d. Observe whether all items on final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance and issuance of the Notice of Acceptability of the Work. D. Resident Project Representative shall not: 1. Authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials or equipment (including"or-equal"items). 2. Exceed limitations of Engineer's authority as set forth in the Agreement or the Contract Documents. 3. Undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, or Contractor's superintendent. 4. Advise on, issue directions relative to or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of Contractor's work unless such advice or directions are specifically required by the Contract Documents. 5. Advise on, issue directions regarding, or assume control over safety precautions and programs in connection with the activities or operations of Owner or Contractor. 6. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted off Site by others, except as specifically authorized by Engineer. 7. Accept Shop Drawing or Sample submittals from anyone other than Contractor. 8. Authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part. ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS • SC-10.05.B Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 10.05.B by replacing the words"30 days"with the words"10 days."Amend the third sentence of Paragraph 10.05.B by replacing the words"60 days"with the words"30 days." I ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK SC-11.01.A.5.c Delete Paragraph 11.01.A.5.c in its entirety and insert the following in its place: I c. Construction Equipment and Machinery: 1. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 2. Costs for equipment and machinery owned by Contractor will be paid at a rate shown for such equipment in the [Use rate book appropriate for the Project]. An hourly rate will be computed by dividing the monthly rates by 176. These computed rates will include all operating costs. Costs will SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 00 73 05-6 I include the time the equipment or machinery is in use on the changed Work and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal when directly attributable to the changed Work. The cost of any such equipment or machinery, or parts thereof, shall cease to accrue when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the changed Work. Equipment or machinery with a value of less than $1,000 will be considered small tools. SC-11.03 Delete paragraph 11.03.D in its entirety and insert the following in its place: D. Payment for the Quotation Items on a Unit Price basis under this Contract shall be on the basis of quantities actually used in the construction, regardless of the estimated quantities shown in the Quotation Form. No revision to the Contract Unit Prices for the Quotation Items shall be considered or allowed due to variations of the actual quantities from the estimated amounts. IARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF I DEFECTIVE WORK SC-13.07.A Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 13.07.A by striking out the words"one year"and inserting the words"two years." IARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION I SC-14.02.B5 Add the following new item immediately after Item 14.02.B5d: e. Contractor's failure to make acceptable submittals in accordance with the accepted schedules. IARTICLE 16- DISPUTE RESOLUTION I SC-16.01 Delete Paragraph 16.01.0 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: C. If the claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation, unless within that time period Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to demand arbitration of the claim, pursuant to I Paragraph SC-16.02, or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the claim to another dispute resolution process. I SC-16.02 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 16.01: 16.02 Arbitration A. All claims or counterclaims, disputes, or other matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of Final I Payment as provided by Paragraph 14.09), including but not limited to those not resolved under the provisions of Paragraphs SC-16.01.A and 16.01.B, will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Dispute Resolutions Procedures of the American Arbitration Association then in effect subject to the conditions and Ilimitations of this Paragraph SC-16.02. This agreement to arbitrate and any other I SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 007305-7 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 I agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. B. The demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract I and with the selected arbitrator or arbitration provider and a copy will be sent to Engineer for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the 30-day period specified in Paragraph SC-16.01.0 and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim or counterclaim, dispute, or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim or other dispute or matter in question would be barred by the applicable statue of limitations. C. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation,joinder, or in any other manner any other individual or entity (including Engineer, Engineer's consultants and the officers, directors, partners, agents, employees, or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this Contract, unless: 1. the inclusion of such other individual or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration; and 2. such other individual or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings. I D. The award rendered by the arbitrator(s) shall be consistent with the agreement of the parties in writing and include: (i) a concise breakdown of the award; (ii) a written explanation of the award specifically citing the Contract Document provisions deemed applicable and relied on in making the award. E. The award will be final. Judgment may be entered upon it in any court having I jurisdiction thereof and it will not be subject to modification or appeal, subject to provisions of the Controlling Law relating to vacating or modifying an arbitral award. F. The fees and expenses of the arbitrators and any arbitration service shall be shared I equally by Owner and Contractor. SC-16.01 Delete Paragraph 16.01.0 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: I C. If the claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation, unless within that time period Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to demand arbitration of the claim, pursuant to Paragraph SC-16.02, or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the claim to another dispute resolution process. SC-16.02 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 16.01: 16.02 Arbitration A. All claims or counterclaims, disputes, or other matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of Final Payment as provided by Paragraph 14.09), including but not limited to those not resolved under the provisions of Paragraphs SC-16.01.A and 16.01.B, but not including any claim in excess of$100,000, will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Dispute Resolutions Procedures of the American Arbitration I SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ©2010 Bonestroo l 000055-10164-0 00 73 05-8 i 1 Association then in effect, subject to the conditions and limitations of this Paragraph SC- 16.02. This agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. B. The demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the selected arbitrator or arbitration provider and a copy will be sent to Engineer for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the 30-day period specified in Paragraph SC-16.01.C, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim or counterclaim, dispute, or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim or other dispute or matter in question would be barred by the applicable statue of limitations. C. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation,joinder, or in any other manner any other individual or entity (including Engineer and Engineer's consultants and the officers, directors, partners, agents, employees, or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this Contract, unless: 1. in inclusions of such other individual or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration; and 2. such other individual or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings. D. The award rendered by the arbitrator(s) shall be consistent with the agreement of the parties in writing and include: (i) a concise breakdown of the award; (ii) a written explanation of the award specifically citing the Contract Documents provisions deemed applicable and relied on in making the award. E. The award will be final. Judgment may be entered upon it in any court having r jurisdiction thereof and it will not be subject to modification or appeal, subject to provisions of the Controlling Law relating to vacating or modifying an arbitral award. F. The fees and expenses of the arbitrators and any arbitration service shall be shared 1 equally by Owner and Contractor. SC-16.01 Delete Paragraph 16.01.0 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: C. If the claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph 10.05.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation, unless within that time period Owner or Contractor: 1. gives to the other party written notice of intent to submit the claim to a court of competent jurisdiction, or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the claim to another dispute resolution process. SC-16.01.D Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph SC-16.01.C: D. Notwithstanding any applicable statue of limitations, a party giving notice under Paragraph SC-16.01.C1 shall commence an action on the claim within 1 year of giving such notice and within the period of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. Failure to do so shall result in the claim being time-barred and Engineer's action or denial shall become final and binding. END OF SECTION SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 007305-9 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164 0 I SECTION 01 10 00 • SUMMARY 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Basic description of the Project and Work restrictions. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total IBase Quotation. 1.03 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Project Name: 2010 Storm Sewer Improvements for the City of Oak Park Heights, Minnesota. B. Description of Work: Project consists of the construction of storm sewer,wale. garden, grouted rip rap, and replacement of existing storm sewer structures 1.04 COMPLETION DATES A. Substantial Completion: Set forth in the Agreement. B. Final Completion: Set forth in the Agreement. 1.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. 1.06 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Use of Site if necessary 1. Contractor responsible for snow removal and disposal fio from the Owner's property to maintain access and working space during 2. Keep existing driveways and entrances de pay for such available to the off Speblic and to the Owner. 3. If additional space is needed, obtain and p Y B. Access to Site 1. Residents shall have access to all side streets and driveways between 7 P.M. to 7 A.M. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. 1 011000- 1 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 SUMMARY I PART 3 EXECUTION I Not Used. END OF SECTION 1 I t I I I I I I I r I I I 1 ©2010 Bonestroo 000055-101640 0 SUMMARY 011000-2 I ISECTION 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES I IPART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY IA. Section Includes 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Alternates, pricing of Work, and request for I , p payment procedures. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. I1.03 ALTERNATES A. None. I1.04 QUOTATION UNIT PRICES I A. Provide access and assist Engineer in determining actual quantities of Quotation Unit Price work. B. Provide documentation to substantiate Quotation Unit Price work. I C. If the Contractor delivers and places more of any material that is the aid materials oon ao Quotation wasted,the Price basis than is required to perform the Work the final measurement for that Quotation Item. quantity wasted will be deducted f I1.05 PAYMENT PROCEDURES I A. Engineer will provide initial Application for Payment Form at the Preconstruction Conference.progress 14 of ro ress payment application for review, consistent with Article II B. Submit 1 preliminary copy of 9 the General Conditions. Submit 4 signed copies of App lication for Payment to Engineer prior to the dates identified at the Preconstruction Conference. C. Attach the following supporting documentation, in addition to the requirements of General I Conditions Article 14: 1. Documentation to substantiate Quotation Unit Price work. 2. Updated construction schedule consistent with Section 01 33 00. IPART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. 1 I PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000-1 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 I PART 3 EXECUTION I Not Used. END OF SECTION 1 I I I I I I I I I I r I 1 ©2010 Bonestroo 000055-10164-0 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000-2 I ISECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION IPART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes 1. General requirements for overall Project coordination. I1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. I 1.03 UTILITIES A. Notify Gopher State One Call before starting construction in a given area requesting utility locates in the Site. h the follow li B. Project Utility Sources: Coordinate Work wit the Draw ngi g a igenowl owners. The following utilities are known to be on the Site and are shown o 1. Water: City of Oak Park Heights, Public Works 651-439-4439. 2. Sanitary Sewer: City of Oak Park Heights, Public Works 651-439-4439. 3. Storm Sewer: City of Oak Park Heights, Public Works 651-439-4439. 4. Electric: Xcel Energy, Hans Wenthe—651-779-3181. 5. Gas: Xcel Energy, Charlie Raush —651-748-3307. 6. Telephone: Qwest, Jeff Gilbert—651-714-7529. 7. Cable TV:Comcast, Brad Greenwaldt—952-607-4075. IC. Owner requires a 48-hour notice for all utility interruptions. II 1.04 PERMITS A. Comply with the stipulations of the following permits, which have been applied for and will be furnished by the Owner: 1. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Permit for Sanitary Sewer Extensions. 2. MPCA Stormwater Discharges Associated With Construction License A vities NPDES Gen r ateer it. 3 .Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (MnDNR) B. Apply for, obtain, and comply with the provisions of the following permits, which the Owner will waive the permit application fee: / 1. City Building Permit. C. Comply with the stipulations of the following permits, which have been applied for and will be furnished by the Owner: 1. Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) Permit for Work in State Highway Right-of- Way. IPROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100- 1 ©2010 gonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 I D. Apply for, obtain, and comply with other permits, licenses, and approvals which may be required for the Project. 1.05 SURVEYING AND CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION I A. Provide Engineer a minimum of 48-hour notice in advance of the need for establishing lines, grades, measurements, grade checks, and observation of Work. I 1.06 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Administrative Requirements I 1. Project Superintendent or persons designated by the Contractor to attend and participate in the Project meetings shall have all required authority to commit the Contractor to solutions agreed upon in the Project meetings. 2. Engineer will set the time, sites, and prepare the agenda for the meetings. 3. Engineer will prepare meeting minutes and distribute 1 copy to Contractor. Notify Engineer of inaccuracies or discrepancies in the meeting minutes within 5 calendar days of receipt of the minutes. 4. The attendance and cooperation of subcontractors and suppliers may be required. B. Preconstruction Conference I 1. Provisions for the Preconstruction Conference are set forth in the General Conditions. 2. Requirements for preconstruction submittals are set forth in the General Conditions. Submittal procedures shall be consistent with Section 01 33 00. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION 1 I 1 I I 1 I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-2 ■ I 1 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES IPART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes 1. General procedures and requirements for submittals during the course of construction. I1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total I: Base Quotation. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Schedule submittals consistent with the Contractor's schedule of shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Submit preliminary schedule and progress schedule consistent with the General Conditions. I B. Prepare schedules on 11 inch by 17 inch dent� separate stages teach work acti ity ion. Organize the schedule by work activity. Identify 1. List work items in chronological sequence. Show duration iog 3 days completion dates of each activity. Include all activities with an e 2. Format schedule as a horizontal bar chart. Provide separate bars for each activity or trade. 3. Provide space for revisions and notations. I 4. Identify interrelations between activities. processing and review of 5. Include ubmit estimated b ineer, fabrication,ation, deliveryu installation, testing, start-up, instruction of submittals by 9 Owner, and clean-up. Iule as requeed by Engineer.C. As Work progresses, revise, update, and resubmit on forhPadyment. Show al activit es started or minimum, update schedule with each Application finished since previous schedule was submitted and show percentage of completion for each Iactivity. 3.02 EMERGENCY CONTACT LIST A. Before any Work at the Site is started, submit a typed list on 8.5 inch by 11 inch paper outlining 24-hour on-call contacts for the Project. This list shall include the Contractor's safety ISUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 013300- 1 I representative, key representatives from the Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers. Include the following information for each contact: 1. Company name. 2. Contact person(s). 3. Local and mobile phone numbers. 4. Fax number. 3.03 SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURERS'INFORMATION A. Conform to the requirements of the General Conditions, except as modified herein. B. The minimum sheet size shall be 8.5 inches by 11 inches. Non-legible g copies will not be reviewed. C. Submit a minimum of 3 copies of shop drawings, plus the quantity of copies the Contractor wants returned. Each copy shall contain the following information: 1. Date of submission and date of any previous submittals. 2. Project Title. 3. Names Of: Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer. 4. Identification of product and Specification Section number. 5. Identification of revisions from previous submittals. 6. A 4 inch by 4 inch blank space for the Engineer's stamp. D. Engineer's review will be in conformance with the requirements of the General Conditions, except as modified herein. E. Engineer will stamp shop drawings gs and indicate requirements for Contractor's review or resubmittal as follows: 1. "Approved"—Appears that items covered by the submittal will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the Contract Documents and appears to be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. "Approved as Noted"—Appears that items covered by the submittal will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the Contract Documents and appears to be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents, except as noted by Engineer. 3. "Revise and Resubmit"—Appears that items covered by the submittal will not, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the Contract Documents and will not be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Work cannot proceed until the submittal is revised and resubmitted conforming to the resubmittal procedures described in the General Conditions. 4. "Rejected"—Work covered by the submittal is not complete or it appears that items covered by the submittal will not, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the Contract Documents and will not be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall conform to the resubmittal procedures described in the General Conditions. F. Engineer will return reviewed submittals to Contractor by U.S. Postal Service general delivery. If Contractor wants Engineer to expedite return delivery, Contractor shall notify Engineer in writing and reimburse Owner for delivery plus 15-percent mark-up. 3.04 TEST REPORTS A. Submit 3 copies of all inspections, tests, and approvals required in the Specification. ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-2 1 3.05 MATERIAL AND SAFETY DATA SHEETS I A. Furnish Owner with current copies of Material Safety Data Sheets for all chemicals and products on Site. IEND OF SECTION I I I I I I I I I $ I I I I 013300-3 I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164 0 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES I SECTION 01 40 00 1 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Information required for conformance to regulatory requirements. 1 2. Quality assurance. 3. Procedures to measure and report the quality and performance of the Work. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. All Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Whenever reference is made to the Minnesota Department of Transportation Specifications, such reference shall mean"Standard Specifications for Construction," 2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) and all subsequent revisions and supplements. The word"Engineer"is understood to refer to the Engineer for the Owner. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to start of Work, submit testing laboratory name for various specified tests for approval by Engineer. B. Laboratory test results or analysis. C. Manufacturer's certificates of quality control or performance. 1.05 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards of the region, except where more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. 1.06 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Conform to the requirements of the General Conditions, except as modified herein. B. Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring tests and inspections. C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to obtain and handle samples at Site or source, transport samples to laboratory, facilitate tests and inspections for storing and curing of test samples. I QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00- 1 I ©2010 Bonestr00 1 000055-10164 0 I 1.07 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, submit 3 copies of Laboratory Report to Engineer. B. Include: Date issued, Project title and number, name of inspector, date and time of sampling or inspection, identification of product and Specifications Section, location in the Project, p g inspection or test, date of test, results of tests, and conformance with Contract Documents. 1.08 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples and perform field tests. I B. Provide qualified personnel. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of services. C. Ascertain compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. D. When requested by Engineer, provide interpretation of test results. I 1.09 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. I B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop Work. I 1.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A. If requested by Engineer, submit manufacturer's certificate with shop drawings certifying that t products meet or exceed specified requirements executed by responsible officer. 1.11 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES I A. Provide qualified representative to observe field conditions; conditions of surfaces and installation; quality of workmanship; start-up of equipment; and test, adjust, and balance of equipment. 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. I PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION I I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-2 I ISECTION 01 50 00 ITEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS IPART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes 1. Temporary utilities and miscellaneous temporary facilities required during construction. I B. Products furnished but not installed under this Section or products installed but not furnished under this Section. I C. Related Sections 1. Section 31 23 00 - Excavation and Fill. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. A Quotation Item has been provided for Mobilization. Measurement is Lump Sum. This will be considered payment in full for all work and costs of this Quotation Item. The amount of the Lump Sum Quotation shall not exceed 5 percent of the Total Base Quotation a. Partial payment of the Lump Sum Quotation Item"Mobilization"will be made using a percentage based on the following: Cumulative Percent of Mobilization Item Paid First Partial Payment 50 Percent of original contract amount earned - 25 70 Percent of original contract amount earned - 50 90 iPercent of original contract amount earned -100 100 2. A Quotation Item has been provided for Traffic Control. Measurement is Lump Sum. I a. This shall be considered payment in full for all labor, equipment, and materials associated with the required Traffic Control devices for the entire Project. b. This Quotation Item shall include but not be limited to furnishing, installing, and relocating the Traffic Control due to various road closures, daily maintenance, and ultimate removal of all such devices used over the duration of the Contract or as directed by the Engineer: c. Partial payment of the Lump Sum Item"Traffic Control"will be made using a percentage based on the following: I Cumulative Percent of Traffic Control Item Paid First Partial Payment 50 IPercent of original Contract amount earned — 25 70 Percent of original Contract amount earned — 50 90 1 Percent of original Contract amount earned — 100 100 3. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. I I TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00- 1 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164 0 I 1.03 REFERENCES I A. Minnesota Department of Transportation"Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.). B. The Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MMUTCD), including the Field Manual on Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts— Latest edition. I C. Minnesota Department of Transportation Traffic Engineering Manual. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Construction Staging Plan consistent with Section 01 33 00, including the following information: 1. Sequence of construction and traffic control. 2. Streets closed or restricted during any stage of construction. 3. Provisions for routing any detoured traffic as permitted. 4. Specific signs, striping, and other traffic control devices to be utilized. I B. Traffic Management Plan consistent with Section 01 33 00, including the following information: 1. Haul and access routes. 2. Permits or applications required by local authorities. III 3. Temporary facilities required. PART 2 PRODUCTS I Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION i 3.01 MOBILIZATION A. Move personnel, equipment, materials, and all other items required to I Site. q complete the Work at the B. Establish Contractor offices, building, or other facilities necessary for Work on the Project. C. Temporarily hold or relocate utilities and any miscellaneous structures, such as signs, power poles, guy wires, and mailboxes disturbed. 3.02 SIGNS, MAILBOXES, ETC. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT I A. Remove, store carefully, and replace all signs, posts, etc. that may be in conflict with construction the Site as directed by Engineer. Y struction B. Remove existing mailboxes and posts, and temporarily install in locations determined by Engineer. Replace mailboxes prior to Substantial Completion. Removal, temporary reinstallation, and replacement shall occur such that mail delivery is not interrupted. Mailboxes, posts, and appurtenances damaged during construction shall be replaced with new at no charge to Owner. I I TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 01 50 00-2 I 3.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1 A. Provide and maintain all temporary facilities, utilities, and temporary controls long as andcontrols as safe and proper completion of the Work. Remove all Engineer. rapidly as progress will permit or as directed by B. Temporary Water for Construction 1. Obtain water for construction from Owner r at completion.Obtain a There is meter and backflow for eterrusen or assembly from Owner. Return to Own during construction. 2. Owner will pay for the costs of the water. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES A. Sanitary Facilities fixtures 1. Comply with all governing regulations, including safety and health codes, for sanitary fixtures and facilities. facilities, 2. Provide self-contained toilet units, or water ont actor may not use Owner's toilet facilities.l consistent with governing regulations. of toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar 3, Provide and maintain pp adequate pr e for each facility. Provide appropriate covered waste disposable materials appropriate containers for used material. 3.05 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION A. Pumping and Dewatering 1. Provide draining, pumping, dewatering, and cleaning operations necessary to complete the Work. to remove all surface water and groundwater from structures as 2. Provide all necessary pumping required for the Work. Provide erosion control measures for discharge of water. II I3, Protect Site and adjacent property to avoid damage. 3.06 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. General 1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain affic control devices and other protective measures approved Construction Staging Plan. All t shall conform to MMUTCD. approved by 2. The Contractor will not be permitted to park vehicles within the Project limits, unless so control device.The parking of workers' vehicles will not be allowed the Engineer. 3 The Contractor will not be permitted to store materials or equipment within 30 feet ed w t Hough traffic, unless approved by the Engineer. If materials 30 feet of through traffic, the Contractor shall provide barricades or barriers, as directed by the Engineer, to warn and protect traffic. 4. The Contractor shall conduct Work in a manner which ni vllow access to all properties within and adjacent to the Project by fire, police, and 9 5, The Contractor is responsible to maintain all unpaved surfaces. The surface shall be watered and bladed as directed by the Engineer. B. Construction Staging Plan royal of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide the 1, Within 10 days following the app Plan and a Traffic Management Plan. The Engineer may Engineer with a Construction Staging TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-3 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 accept, reject, or suggest alterations to the plans. These plans shall reflect the following conditions: a. The Contractor shall provide a method of protecting traffic from open excavation areas. b. Minimum through-lane lane widths of 10 feet will be maintained at all times. c. 2-way traffic(1 lane in each direction) will be maintained at all times. d. The Contractor may request changes to the Construction Staging Plan at any time. No change or deviation will be permitted without approval of the Engineer. e. Provide access for emergency vehicles and busses to all residences at all times. f. The Contractor will re-establish access to all driveways at the end of each day. g. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain "ROAD WORK AHEAD" and "END ROAD WORK" signs in advance of and beyond each end of the construction limits. The Contractor shall also furnish, install, and maintain "ROAD WORK AHEAD" signs in advance of the construction limits on all intersecting roads and streets. h. The staging shall be undertaken to provide street access and local access to adjacent properties as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer may modify the requirements for traffic control as deemed necessary due to field conditions. i. Contractor shall remove traffic control devices at the conclusion of the Work. C. Vehicle Warning Light 1. All Contractors', subcontractors', and suppliers' mobile equipment, which are working in the lane closure or within 15 feet of the lane closure, shall be equipped with operable warning lights which meet the appropriate requirements of the SAE Specifications. This would include any vehicle which enters the traveled roadway at any time. The SAE Specification requirements are as follows: a. 360-Degree Rotating Lights - SAE Specification 3845. b. Flashing Lights - SAE Specification 3595. c. Flashing Strobe Lights - SAE Specification 31318. 1 D. Temporary Lane Closures 1. Temporary Lane Closures shall conform to the following: a. A"short-term"lane closure or traffic restriction shall be one that is in-place only during the Contractor's work hours. b. Temporary "short-term" lane closures by the Contractor, consistent with time restrictions, will be permitted during those hours and at those locations approved by the Engineer. Requests for "short-term" lane closures shall be made at least 24 hours prior to such closures. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all traffic control devices required for these closures. No direct compensation will be made for temporary lane closures. c. Application of traffic control devices shall be in accordance with the Field Manual. d. Lane closures will not be permitted during inclement weather, nor any other time when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the lane closures will be a hazard to traffic. e. When a temporary lane closure is used by the Contractor, the closure shall be incidental work and no direct compensation will be made therefore. E. Traffic Control Devices 1. Daily inspect and insure that all traffic control devices required by the construction are in accordance with the MMUTCD. Any discrepancy between the actual devices in use and the required devices shall be immediately rectified. At least 1 nighttime inspection shall be made each week. 2. The Contractor shall complete the checklist attached to the end of this Section, each day of each week that traffic control devices for any overnight lane closure or detour are being used on the Project. The completed checklist shall be submitted each working day to the Engineer or the Engineer's designated representative at some mutually agreeable time. ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055 10164 0 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-4 t 3. The Contractor shall furnish qualified flagpersons to adequately control traffic when needed or as directed by the Engineer. Qualified flagpersons shall comply with the requirements set forth in Handbook Section of the Field�ual• Flagpersons are required to protect in construction Flagging construction vehicles during unloading of construction materials. 4. Furnish names, addresses, and phone numbers of at a di idual re ponsible r the placement and maintenance of traffic control l least these shall be "on call"24 hours per day, 7 days per week during the time any traffic control devices furnished and installed by the Contractor are in plrove e. or correct the usage of traffic control 5. Respond to any request from the Engineer to imp devices on or related tr l this and within 1 hour of the time of in a legible condition. This tshall'include but not be 6. Keep all to control signs limited to removing grime and dust deposited on any device by traffic, natural causes, or when requested by Engineer. e 1 barricades with flashers, 5 extra Type III 7. The Contractor shall store at least 10 extra Typ barricades, and 10 extra drums, at a convent direct a compensation will be made to these in an emergency, as approved by the Engineer. N Contractor for furnishing and erecting these traffic control devices. F. Failure to Complete The Work On Time affic control 1. The Contractor will be subject to an hourly c dent will Ibe assessedtat ain atratero $250 per hour devices. Non-compliance charges, for each in for each hour or any portion thereof with which the Engineer determines that the Contractor has not complied. mporary lane 2. The Contractor will be subject to an �ouunlessaauthorized by the Non-comp)ance restrictions within the permitted hours, charges, for each incident, will be assessed determines rate that the Cont actor has not complied any portion thereof with which the Engineer 3.07 DETOUR IMPLEMENTATION A. General 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the regular inspection and maintenance of the detour signing and barricade placement. 2. Detour signing work shall be performed as follows: a. All detour signing shall be installed and G20 X1"'ROAD CLOSED BEGINNING DATE/TIME")b. Advance notice of road closure signing ject shall be installed and visible for a period of S p2 rior inches by 60 inches.f Advan�e notice detour. The Advance Notice signs, G20-X1, shall be of road closure signing shall be paid for under Item 2563.531, Construction Signs Special at the Contract Quotation Price per square foot. c. The detour shall be activated between the hours 12 A.M. with 4 A.M., work in requested otherwise by the Engineer.This work shall be coo signing to provide traffic a safe, smooth switch to the Project detour. d. The detour shall remain in place until the Project is completed. 3.08 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES A. Temporary Barriers 1. Provide temporary covers, enclosures, markers, and barriers as necessary to protect Work. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-5 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 11: 2. Damage to the Site caused by removal of temporary fencing, including postholes, shall be promptly repaired by Contractor. During removal at no time shall the Work remain unattended if a dangerous condition exists because of incomplete removal or Site repairing. END OF SECTION I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-101640 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-6 I ITRAFFIC CONTROL CHECKLIST IITEM HOW MANY? ❑No Ii. Are any devices missing? ❑Yes Do any devices need repair? 0 Yes ❑No Were all replaced or repaired? ❑Yes ❑No 2. Are any lights (flashers, etc) 0 Yes ❑No not functioning? ❑No Were they all replaced or repaired ❑Yes 3. Are any devices improperly placed? ❑Yes ❑No Were all positions corrected? ❑Yes ❑ No 4. Do any devices need cleaning? ❑Yes ❑No Where all devices cleaned? 0 Yes ❑No ADDITIONAL COMMENTS: I I I I The above check was completed by (name/ title) at: 0 A 0 P I on: (time) time) I I I I I 1 SECTION 01 57 13 ITEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL IPART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes 1. Managing storm water runoff and other Project related water discharges to minimize sediment pollution during construction. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES I A. Measurement and Payment 1. A Quotation Item and has been costs of this provided vSection shall be incidental to the Project tand included in the 2. All other Work and Total Base Quotation. B. Related Sections Section 31 23 00—Excavation and Fill. Ii. 2. Section 32 92 00—Turf and Grasses. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 2130—Application of Water. ' 2. 2573—Storm Water Management. 3. 2575 —Controlling Erosion and Establishing Vegetation. B. MPCA's NPDES General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity. 1.04 SUBMITTALS I A. Certification and Sampling he 1. Furnish a manufacturer's certification stating that the material supplied conforms to tesults of e attach I requirements of this Section. representative of the materialsysuppl tided typical tests for the specified properties, 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE IA. Erosion ns and Supervisor:c lance with Federal, tate,land Local ordinances and regulations. operations and insure comp rect I B. Certified Installers: Provide a certified obtained th rough the Unhive city oflM'nnesota Erosion Conation of erosion or sediment control practices. Certification shall Inspector/Installer Certification program, or approved equal. I I TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CON13 Ol I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 01 57 I 1.06 PERMITS I A. Project does not disturb 1 or more acres of total land area and is not part of a larger common plan of development or sale that will ultimately disturb 1 or more acres. Submission of the application for the MPCA's General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity is not required. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING I A. Install sediment control measures as needed at the direction of the Engineer. B. Schedule and coordinate the Work so that permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs, such as I basin construction, rip rap placement, and permanent seeding, are directly incorporated into the supplement permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs with temporary BMPs. Place temporary BMPs when permanent erosion control cannot be achieved. Coordinate construction operations so that erosion and sediment control measures (permanent or temporary) are installed and maintained concurrently with the rest of the Work of the Project. C. Coordinate and schedule the Work of subcontractors such that erosion and sediment control measures are fully executed for each operation and in a timely manner over the duration of the Project. Develop a chain of responsibility for all subcontractors and operators on the Project to ensure that permit provisions are adhered to. D. Infiltration areas and constructed infiltration systems should not be constructed until the contributing drainage area and/or adjacent construction has been completely stabilized. When this timing of construction is not possible, the Contractor shall insure sediment from exposed soil areas of the Project does not enter into the infiltration area or system. E. Stabilization timeframes shall conform to the NPDES General Stormwater Permit for Construction Activity. F. Prior to Project shutdown for the winter or other periods of a week or more, the Site shall be adequately protected from erosion and off Site damage by covering exposed soils with mulch and establishing perimeter controls. G. Establish permanent turf in accordance with Section 32 92 00 to prevent excessive soil erosion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILTER LOGS: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3897. A. Straw or wood fiber biorolls, 6 to 7 inches in diameter. I B. Compost or rock logs, 6 to 8 inches in diameter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, permit requirements,P q ements, orders and decrees pertaining to erosion/sediment control and stormwater discharge during the conduct of the Work. B. Take necessary precautions against damage to the Project by action of the elements. C. Minimize the amount of disturbed land that is susceptible to erosion at any time. Delineate areas not to be disturbed ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 015713-2 1 3.02 1.INSTALLATION Exclude vehicles and construction equipment from area not to be disturbed to preserve natural vegetation 2. Maintain and preserve riparian and naturally vegetated buffer strips (10 feet minimum distance) along water courses. A. General: Install temporary stormwater management and shown on the sediment control t of devices in conformance with the details, typical sections, and elevations B. Mulch tons per acre (4,500 kg/ha). 1. For seeded Sites, apply at a rate of 2 to p covering the 2. For unseeded Sites, apply at a rate of 2 to 3 tons per acre (4,500 to 6,700 kg/ha), entire soil surface. 3. Distribute mulch evenly by hand or machine and r the exposed area to a uniform depth. 4. Disk anchor in conformance to MnDOT Sect. 5. Anchor mulch immediately to minimize loss by wind or water. C. Hydraulic Soil Stabilizer (Hydromulch) 1. Apply hydromulch in conformance with MnDOT Spec. 2575.3H. 2. Raking or harrowing of soil/seed and slope (cat)tracking shall be done before installation of hydromulch. 3. Apply hydromulch in at least 2 opposing directions so that a shadowing effect leaving the back side of a soil clod unprotected is minimized. 4. Application Rate for Slopes Steeper Than 1:4: 2,800 lbs per acre. 2 app lications may be necessary. All other slopes apply at a rate of 2,100 lbs per acre. D. Erosion Control Blanket 1. Install immediately following seeding in accordance with MnDOT Spec. 2575.33, and as modified below. 2. Install as shown on Drawings. 3. Raking or harrowing of soil/seed shall be done before installation of erosion control blanket. 4. Install blanket parallel to the direction of flow. this material will have 5. If permanent seeding is not available at the time of blanket installation, to be removed, re-seeded, and installeane of initial installation,permanent a onentime proper installation permanent seeding is available at the t is acceptable. applied to the berm immediately 6. Temporary or permanent seeding and mulch shall be app' following its construction. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2573.3M, NPDES permit, and as follows: 1. Inspect, maintain, and repair any washouts or consists of grade repaea turf re est bl shment,rand result of the grading or construction. Restoration ns street sweeping of mud and debris tracked from the Site. 2. Inspection of all erosion and sediment control rainfall. Any place repaaseshalltbe made runoff event and at least daily during prolonged immediately. 3. The Contractor shall maintain the temporary sediment control devices until they are no longer necessary and are removed: a. Maintenance consists of keeping the devices functioning p aroperly. ged, or non- b. The Contractor shall repair or replace plugged, functioning devices. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMEN01CONTROL ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 I 4. Upon final acceptance of the Project and establishment of permanent erosion control I measures, the Contractor shall remove all temporary erosion control measures. 5. Temporary mulching and temporary seeding/mulching are very effective at controlling erosion. However, these are considered temporary measures. These measures may need to be re- established several times throughout the duration of the Work. B. Sediment Removal: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2573.3N 1. If an erosion control device has been reduced in capacity by 30 percent or more, the Contractor shall restore such features to their original condition. C. Control dust blowing and movement on Site and roads as directed by Engineer to prevent I exposure of soil surfaces, to reduce on and off Site damage, to prevent health hazards, and to improve traffic safety. END OF SECTION I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 015713-4 i I ISECTION 01 70 00 IEXECUTION REQUIREMENTS IPART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes 1. Requirements for overall execution of the Work and closeout of the Contract for Final Payment. I B. Measurement and Payment 1. A Quotation Item has been pro t ded for Street Sweeper With Pick Up Broom With Operator. Measurement will be by the 2. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following items consistent with the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Sections: 1. Record Documents. ' 2. Written Notification of Substantial Completion. 3. Executed Certificate of Substantial Completion. 4. Written Notification of Final Completion. 5. Spare Parts, Operation and Maintenance Manuals, instructions, schedules, warranties, ' guarantees, Bonds, certificates, certificates of inspection, and other documents. 6. Final Application for Payment, including accompanying documentation. 7. IC-134 Form. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION I3.01 EXAMINATION A. Acceptance of Conditions: By commencing Work, Contractor construes acceptance of the adjacent work as satisfactory to receive subsequent work. thers that is adjacent B. Existing Conditions: Before commencing Wor completion Work, Con taector wted commence Work to Work. If adjacent conditions prevent comp until the conditions are corrected. C. Inspect each product immediately prior to installation. Remove damaged products from Site. 3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions more installation more manufactured than rodu requirements extent that these instructions are applicable and m explicit indicated in the Contract Documents. IEXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00- 1 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164 000055-101640 B. Secure Work true to line and level, within recognized industry tolerances, with anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and rocking. Allow for expansion and movement of building. C. Install each element of work during weather conditions and Project status to ensure coordination of the Work. Isolate each element of work from incompatible work as necessary to prevent deterioration. ' D. Mount individual units of work at industry recognized standard-mounting heights for the particular application indicated, where mounting heights are not indicated. E. Record installation details and prepare Record Documents consistent with the General Conditions. 3.03 SITE MAINTENANCE I A. Maintain stockpiles, excavations, access roads, and all other work areas free from dust. Employ dust abatement techniques whenever a dust nuisance or hazard occurs, or as directed by I Engineer. Comply with local ordinances. B. Protect hazardous work areas and hazardous material storage areas. C. Protect trees, unless specifically indicated on Drawings. D. Clean access roads and haul routes with mechanical street sweeper. 1 E. If Contractor fails to maintain Site, Engineer will provide Written Notice of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor will be given 12 hours from the Notice to clean Site. After the 12-hour period, Owner may correct the defective Work consistent with Article 13.09 of the Conditions of the Contract. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION I A. Clean and protect Work in progress and adjoining Work during handling and installation. Apply protective covering on installed Work where it is required to ensure freedom from damage or deterioration. B. Clean and perform maintenance as frequently as necessary throughout construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damage effects. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Complete all cutting, fitting, and patching as necessary to join the new Work to existing conditions. B. Remove or cut existing work only as necessary to join the new work to the existing construction or as required by the Contract Documents. C. Patch defective and incomplete surfaces caused or exposed by Work of the Project. D. Repair any damage to existing conditions and patch to match. E. Existing construction designated by the Contract Documents to remain that is loosened, cracked, , or otherwise damaged or defaced beyond repair as a result of Work by the Contractor will be considered unsuitable for the use intended and shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor. ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 017000-2 I ' 3.06 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH MINNESOTA STATUTES 290.92 AND 290.97 I A. Upon completion of the Project and prior to Final Payment, the Contractor and all subcontractors for shall Obtaining Final Minnesota DoopaContract with the Revised Form IC-134. Minnesota and This form, its Political or Obtaining Final Settlemen I Governmental Subdivisions, is to be this foam by a can be obtained by Revenue to the Minnesota Department forwarded to the Owner. Copies of Department of Revenue, Forms Section, Mail Station 1173, St. Paul, MN 55146-1173 or by calling I (651) 296-4444. END OF SECTION I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 017000-3 I ©2010 Bonestro0 I 000055-10164-0 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS I SECTION 02 41 13 1 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION IPART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes 1. Complete or partial removal and disposal or salvage of at grade, above grade, and below grade structures and miscellaneous items. B. Related Sections 1. Section 31 23 00— Excavation and Fill. 1 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Quotation Items have been provided for removal items. Payment at the Quotation Unit Price 1 will be considered compensation in full for all Work necessary to complete the Quotation Item in full, including removal, salvage, storage, disposal, and reinstallation. 2. Measurement will be based upon the units as listed below for items removed, abandoned, or i salvaged complete as specified. No measurement will be made o any Quotation Uh t that Pr are e w II required. The actual quantity removed multiplied by the appropriate be compensation in full for all Work and costs of the following Quotation Items: ' a. Sawing Bituminous Pavement: Per lineal foot along the saw cut line as staked. b. Remove Bituminous Pavement: Per square yard without regard to thickness, including integral bituminous curb. c. Remove and Replace Concrete Curb and Gutter: Per lineal foot of the type specified. d. Remove Catch Basin or Manhole: Per each. e. Remove and Replace Existing Top Slab and Rings: Per lump sum. f. Remove Existing Tree: Per each for trees above 4 inches diameter at a height 2 feet above the ground surface. g. Remove Existing Drainage Swale: Per lineal foot of bituminous or concrete swale. h. Salvage and reinstall signs and mailboxes will be incidental. I 3. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. I1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation"Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition I (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 2104—Removing Pavement and Miscellaneous Structures. I 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: To take away or eliminate from the Site by any method selected by the Contractor, including disposal of material. e 1 B. Salvage: To dismantle, disassemble,ed i aworkab�e condition equal to that ex st ng before remov assembled, replaced, or reused re- al.SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13- 1 ©2010 Bonestr00 1 000055-10164 0 C. Abandon: To fill, bulkhead, or close off pipes and structures so that no settlement or flow can occur. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS I A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2104.3C, with the following modifications: 1. Dispose of all materials designated for removal outside the Site at locations selected by ' Contractor. 2. Stockpile or temporarily store materials designated for salvage at locations provided by Contractor. 1.06 SCHEDULING A. Prior to starting Work, submit for review by the Engineer and approval by the Owner, a schedule I showing the commencement, order, and completion dates of the various parts of this Work. B. Fill holes or depressions resulting from removal or salvage immediately. I C. Provide temporary surface restoration for traffic continuity where removal or salvage operations are completed within streets, driveways, or parking lots. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. I PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL I A. Dispose of all items removed, except for those items identified to be salvaged or recycled. Said disposal shall be in accordance with all laws, regulations, statutes, etc. B. Perform removal work without damage to adjacent retained work. Where such Work is damaged, the Contractor shall patch, repair, or otherwise restore same to its original condition at no expense to the Owner. C. Remove debris from the work area as often as necessary, but not less than at least once at the end of each workday. Debris shall be placed in approved containers to prevent the spread of dust and dirt. D. Execute the Work in a careful and orderly manner with the least possible disturbance to the public and occupants of buildings. E. Fill holes resulting from removals consistent with Section 31 23 00. 1 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Meet with owners of signs to determine requirements for salvage, storage, and replacement. 1 3.03 PROTECTION A. Take all necessary precautions to adequately protect personnel and public and private property in the areas of Work. ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 024113-2 B. All street signs, traffic control signs, guy wires, mailboxes, posts, wood fence, etc. which may interfere with construction shall be removed, stored safely, and replaced. C. Approved barriers or warning signs shall be provided as necessary. D. Provide and maintain temporary protection of existing structures designated to remain where ' removal work is being done, connections made, materials handled, or equipment moved. E. Do not close or obstruct walkways or roadways. Do not store or place materials in passageways or ' other means of egress. Conduct operations with minimum traffic interference. F. Take reasonable precautions to limit damage to existing turf. G. Holes or depressions created by removals shall not be left open for more than 1 day. Any hole within 10 feet of sidewalks shall be filled, suitably marked, or covered immediately. H. Avoid disturbance to any material beyond the limits required for new construction. 3.04 SAWING PAVEMENT A. Bituminous Pavement: Saw along the removal line to a minimum depth of 3 inches prior to breaking off the pavement. 3.05 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT A. Remove in accordance with MnDOT Spec. 2104.3B, except as modified below: ' 1. Saw cut bituminous pavement at the removal limits prior to that removal, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3.06 REMOVE CURB AND GUTTER A. Saw cut at removal limits. B. Concrete Curb and Concrete Curb and Gutter: Do not disturb any material beyond the limits required to form for new construction (assumed 12 inches maximum from the back of new work and 6 inches beyond the edge of new driveways). ' 3.07 REMOVE BITUMINOUS SURFACING A. Saw cut bituminous surfacing to full depth at the limits of partial removal prior to that removal, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. B. Remove bituminous in such a manner that the remaining surfacing is not damaged. C. Prior to restoring trench areas, the edges of the trench shall be trimmed back to a vertical face on a straight line which is parallel with the centerline of the trench. 3.08 REMOVE MANHOLES AND CATCHBASINS A. Remove structures avoiding damage to existing pipe. 3.09 REMOVE AND REPLACE TOP SLAB AND RINGS ' A. Protect existing structure during removal. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 024113-3 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 1 B. Attach new top slab with 2 beads of Ram-Nek, or approved equal. I C. Adjustment rings shall be high density polyethylene (HDPE), wrapped in woven filter fabric. 3.10 SALVAGE AND REINSTALL I A. Signs I 1. In no case shall a traffic sign or street sign be removed or disturbed by Contractor without prior notification being given to Engineer and then only after satisfactory arrangements have been made for a temporary installation or its disposition I a. Street identification signage shall be maintained at all times due to its importance to the 911 Emergency Response System. b. Remove and salvage all posts, A-frame angle brackets, stringers, as well as the nuts, bolts, and washers. c. Exercise reasonable care against damage to in-place signs during storage and installation. d. Remove signs damaged during construction and replace with new signs. B. Mailboxes 1 1. Remove and salvage existing mailboxes that interfere with the Work or whose access is restricted by the construction activities. 2. Place at temporary locations as directed by Engineer or as shown on Drawings. 3. Removal, temporary re-installation, and replacement shall occur such that mail delivery is not interrupted. 4. Reinstall in locations as shown on Drawings or as directed by Engineer. III 5. Mailboxes, posts, and appurtenances damaged during construction shall be replaced with new at no charge to Owner. C. Fences I 1. Salvage and store fence and post material where they are in conflict with the Work. 2. After completion of Work, reinstall fence to the condition existing prior to removal. I 3. Install temporary snow fence or similar barrier at the end of the working day while the permanent fence is removed. D. Culverts and Flared End Sections 1 1. Where possible, salvage existing pipe in areas to be disturbed by the construction. 2. Reinstall in original condition and location as shown on the Drawings. 3. If requested by the Owner, deliver salvaged material to Owner's Maintenance Facility. I 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Salvaged items to be reinstalled shall be of the same shape, dimension, location, and quality of the 1 original item prior to construction. B. Items damaged during removal or salvaging operations shall be replaced with new material of I equal type and quality of the damaged item when it was new. 3.12 DISPOSING OF MATERIAL I A. Dispose of all materials outside of the Site at disposal location selected by Contractor in compliance with state and local regulations. Burying of material and debris is not allowed within the Site. END OF SECTION I I SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 02 41 13-4 SITE CLEARING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes SECTION 31 10 00 1. Removal and trimming of vegetation and trees, and stripping and stockpiling of sod and topsoil. B. Related Sections 1. Section 31 23 00—Excavation and Fill. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measure and Payment 1. A Quotation Item has been Grubbing.ro id d f or Clear t will constitute Measurement a n in be b l all p sum for all Project Clearing and disposal work, and costs. 2. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation"Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 2101 —Clearing and Grubbing. 2. 2571 —Plant Installation. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Brush: All bushes, shrubs, and other ees having a diameter of 4 inches or b less at a pot 2 feet mowing rush scythe or machine, including small isolated above the ground surface. B. Clearing: Cutting, removing, and disposing of trees, shrubs, bushes, windfalls, and other vegetation in the designated areas. C. Grubbing: Removing and disposing of stumps, roots, and other remains in the designated areas. D. Tree Trimming/Pruning: Cutting broken, damaged, or obstructing branches and installing wound dressing. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Burning (MPCA) and all required State Permits. 1. Acquire Minnesota Pollution Control Agency 2. Conform to all local regulations. SITE CLEARING 311000- 1 ©2010 Bonestro0 1 000055-10164-0 1.06 SITE CONDITIONS A. Work consists of removing trees generally along the easement lot lines designated for utilities. B. The Drawings do not specifically show all trees to be removed or transplanted. C. Protect specimen trees close to Work that are designated to remain but may be damaged by Work. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Install temporary erosion control measures prior to Work of this Section. 1 B. Complete before or sufficiently ahead of on-going rough grading, excavation, backfill, and compacting for utilities. I PART 2 PRODUCTS A. None. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Review removals in the field with the Engineer prior to doing Work. Clearing limits will be clearly ' marked by the Engineer. B. Assume multiple mobilizations for the Work of this Section. C. Stockpile soil to eliminate contamination with other on Site materials. 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ' A. Clearing Trees: Cut off, remove, and dispose of trees and brush in the areas designated as a clearing operation. When grubbing is not required, the point of cut off shall be 6 inches above the ground. B. Clearing Brush: Cut even with the ground surface. C. Grubbing: Remove brush, stumps, roots, and other remains to a minimum depth ' subgrade for all proposed sections. epth of 6 inches below D. Backfill all depressions resulting from the grubbing operations in accordance with Section 31 23 00. 3.03 TRIMMING AND PRUNING A. As directed by the Engineer, trim trees that are to be ' construction. e saved but interfere with the proposed 3.04 STRIPPING A. After clearing and grubbing have been completed, strip sod and topsoil to a line 2 feet outside of areas to be occupied by structures, walks, roadways, areas to be excavated or filled, and other areas shown. ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 SITE CLEARING 311000-2 • B. Stockpile sufficient topsoil to re-spread at a uniform depth of 4 inches to all disturbed areas identified for seeding or sodding 1 1. Do not strip within the drip line (branch spread) of trees identified to remain. 3.05 DISPOSAL A. Dispose of all cleared and ge bbedoateees and debris t be salvaged. B. at a location selected by the Contractor, p f B. Disposal site should be a properly designated landfill area as determined by appropriate governmental agencies or lands under direct control of the Contractor. C. Stripped materials not used for embankments shall be disposed off Site. After disposal of stripped material, the embankment shall be graded, top soiled with salvaged soil, and seeded. D. On Site burial of any debris is not permitted. E. Burning (MPCA), all timber, stumps, branches, Ii. If allowed by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency brush, roots, and debris may be burned within the right-of-way. 2. Conform to MPCA Regulations related to air pollution. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Conduct operations so as not to damage surrounding private property. B. Protect trees intended to be saved from injury or defacement during operations ' 1. Restrict widths of utility trenches. 2. Provide protective bracing, sheeting, or box to insure safe Work conditions as incidental to Contract. C. Exercise care to keep salvaged material as clean as possible during operations. ' END OF SECTION I I I ISITE CLEARING 311000-3 I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164 0 1 SECTION 31 23 00 1 EXCAVATION AND FILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Excavation and fill for roadways, foundations, channels, ponds, and other areas. B. Related Sections 1. Section 01 57 13 -Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. 2. Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition. 3. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing. 4. Section 33 05 05 -Trenching and Backfilling. 5. Section 32 92 00 -Turf and Grasses. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Quvage Items have surementland for payment shall e at the Quotation Unit Price consistent with salvage materials. Measurement P with MnDOT Spec. 2105.4 and 5, except as modified in the following. 2. A Quotation Item has been provided for Common Excavation (LV) —Off Site. Measurement will be by loose volume in cubic yards hauled off Site. Payment will include placing and compacting suitable material on Site and disposal of excess material easurement will be by 3. A Quotation Item has been provided for Common Borrow (LV). volume in cubic yards. Payment will include all costs related to furnishing and installing the material complete in place as specified. 4. A Quotation Item has been provided foot d Construct Overflow Swale.epth cross section. Payment will include all costs to the lineal foot of the 4 foot wide, 1 p excavate, grade, and shape the drainage swale. 5. square Quotation Item has been provided of the rain garden. Payment will inc include a l costs to square foot at the overflow excavate, grade, and shape rain garden. 6. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation"Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 2105 - Excavation and Embankment. 2. 3149 - Granular Material. 3. 3877 -Topsoil Borrow. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following items consistent with Section 01 33 00: 1. Gradation tests for borrow materials. 2. Topsoil Borrow test indicating material content, organic content, and ph levels. EXCAVATION AND FILL 31 23 00- 1 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 1 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. The definitions of the different classifications of excavation and borrow material shall conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.2, or as modified herein 1. Common Excavation: Excess excavated materials hauled off Site at the direction of the Engineer. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Assist testing laboratory by excavating for density tests. Assist testing laboratory with obtaining material samples. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform excavation of overflow drainage swale following the installation of storm sewer. B. Complete finish grading of turf areas within 5 calendar days after backfill. I PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS *; A. Common Borrow: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.2B2 1. The material shall be a soil which is capable of attaining specified compaction levels, excluding soils which contain organics, contain debris or are potentially expansive (CH or MH per the Unified Soil Classification System). B. Topsoil Borrow: Conform to MnDOT Spec 3877. PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.01 GENERAL A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3A, or modified herein I 1. Establish traffic control prior to excavations. 2. Establish the specified erosion control devices according to Section 01 57 13 prior to all excavations. 3. Notify utility companies of progress schedule so they can accomplish relocations, removals, and holding of lines. 4. Perform removals consistent with Section 02 41 13. 5. Strip topsoil consistent with Section 31 10 00. 3.02 PREPARATION OF EMBANKMENT A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3B, or as modified herein 1. Engineer's approval is required of all areas where preparation works has been performed prior to the placement of the embankment or fill material. 3.03 EXCAVATION OPERATIONS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3C, or as modified herein I 1. Excavation of unstable material below grade shall be done under the direction of the Engineer as the subsurface conditions are disclosed. ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 EXCAVATION AND FILL 312300-2 :I1iII' 2. Remove muck excavation material so as to minimize disruption to the bottom of the excavation. 3. Notify Engineer immediately of any large boulders or ledge rocks encountered so proper measurement or profile can be made for pay quantities. 4. No solid rock will be allowed within 12 inches of the subgrade. 5. Provide and maintain temporary drainage facilities until permanent facilities are completed. 3.04 DISPOSITION OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3D, or as modified herein 1. No disposition of bituminous will be permitted within the Project limits. 3.05 PLACING EMBANKMENTS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3E. 3.06 COMPACTING EMBANKMENTS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3F, or as modified herein 1. Compaction required for embankment materials shall by the Engineer. to t Specified Density Method with the testing location and rates being determined 2. Clayey or silty soil used as fill will need content"bpaced at in ASTM D698).sufficient is the to Contractor's atain compaction (near the"optimum water to a uniform condition. Some on Site responsibility to moisture condition the soil (wet or dry) soils will be wet(or could be dry) and the Contractor shall not claim that this is a changed condition. 3. Backfilling of embankments shall be performed cements us ng that material due to excess moisture unable to meet the specified density content, they shall immediately notify the Engineer of this condition. occurs during the 4. The Contractor shall n and the Contractor shalltberesponsible for protecting the moisture construction seaso condition of soils during the construction phase.and Such and combo sting exposed include sloping of exposed surfaces to promote runoff(avoid ponding) rain events to minimize infiltration. 3.07 FINISH OPERATIONS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2105.3G, or as modified herein approved by the I I I 1. Grading of the soils beneath the proposed topsoil shall be reviewed and app I Engineer prior to the start of the topsoil placement. END OF SECTION I I. I EXCAVATION AND FILL 312300-3 I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164 000055-101640 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES IPART 1 GENERAL 1�1 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes SECTION 32 11 23 1. Requirements for aggregate base course on a prepared subgrade. B. Related Sections 1. Section 32 12 01 - Flexible Paving for Municipal Projects. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Base, Class 5, 100-Percent Crushed. Il. A Quotation Item has been provided for Aggregate Measurement will be by the ton of material compacted in place as determined from weight tickets delivered to the Engineer a. If the aggregate base course material is en wasted ae or exceeds excessively Draw ng thickness. Said Owner reserves the right to deduct quantities quantities shall be based on material weighing 110 pounds per square yard of area per inch of thickness. 2. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. 1.03 REFERENCES "2005 Edition A. Minnesota Department of Transportation"Standard Specifications for Construction, (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 2211 - Aggregate Base. 2. 3138 - Aggregate for Surface and Base Courses. 1.04 SUBMITTAL A. Submit gradation report on sample of aggregate base to be used. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Construct aggregate base only after all of the following he and a successfully com e passed a test rolling test 1. Subgrade has been corrected for instability problems performed by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer. 2. Subgrade has been checked for conformance to line and grade tolerances (stringline). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Aggregate Base: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3138, Class 5 aggregate. AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 32 11 23-1 ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Subgrade to be completed and approved by the Engineer prior to installation of aggregate base. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2211.3 1. Compact by mechanical means to 100-Percent Standard Proctor Density. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner shall have an independent testing laboratory sample the aggregate base materials, determine the moisture/density relationships and gradation, and perform field moisture/density tests at locations determined by Engineer. B. Line and Grade Tolerance: The final aggregate base surface will be checked for conformance to specified tolerances by the"stringline"method prior to approval to pave the surface. Grade shall be± 0.03 feet of grade. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect aggregate base until it is covered by surface pavement. B. Keep aggregate base free of ruts and irregularities until covered by surface paving. C. Place water on aggregate base for dust control as required in order to eliminate nuisance conditions for adjacent properties. END OF SECTION I 1 I I I 1 I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 321123-2 I SECTION 32 12 01 FLEXIBLE PAVING FOR MUNICIPAL PROJECTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY mixtures for wearing and non-wearing pavement courses. A. Section Includes 1. Hot plant mixed asphalt-aggregate 2. Bituminous tack coat. IB. Related Sections 1. Section 32 11 23 - Aggregate Base Courses. 2. Section 33 05 17 - Adjust Miscellaneous Structures. I 3 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES IA. Measurement and Payment Payment shall conform to MnDOT Section 2360.8, except as 1. Method of Measurement and Pay modified herein. a ment for tacking exposed edges of existing bituminous se placement surfaces and concrete curb incidental 2. Payment gutter in conjunction with non wearing and wearing to the p lacement of the non wearing course. 3. Quotation Items have been provided for Type SP 12.5 Non Wearing Course Mixture (2,B),Type SP 12.5 Wearing Course Mixture (2,B) a. Measured cc by the weight in tons of schedules u Form. Payment shall Idbe made in accordance Item as stated in the Quotati Quotation Ite payment schedules provided in the MnDOT 2360 Plant Mixed with the acceptance and pay Asphalt Pavement Gyratory Specification—dated February 1, 2010. b. The Quotation Unit Price includes both the bituminous course mixture and asphalt binder material. payment until the c. Partial payment will not exceed documentation isreceived and found to be acceptable to the required testing and prod Engineer. 4. Preparation of Bituminous Non Wearing: Measurement and Payment shall be considered incidental and shall include the following: a. Final clean up of the bituminous non o conform to Sect on 33 05 17 pickup broom. 11 b. Final adjustment of the structures 5. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. i 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation"Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. MnDOT Specification 2360 Plant be Mixed Asphalt at Pavement 2360 Gyratory Design p dated February 2, 2010. A copy ca http://www.bonestroo.com/bituminous_specifications/ FLEXIBLE PAVING FOR MUNICIPA32 ROJOEIC-r 1 ©2010 gonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 I a. Within this document replace the words"Department Bituminous Engineer"or"District Materials Engineer"with the word"Engineer." 2. 2357 - Bituminous Tack Coat. 3. 2535 - Bituminous Curb. 4. 2321 - Road-Mixed Bituminous Surface. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit mixture design report to the Engineer. Conform t Division 01. to MnDOT Spec. 2360.3E and 2360.4F, and B. Contractors shall submit mix design report for all projects, regardless 9 ss of the size of the project. C. Contractor shall submit Q/C results in accordance with MnDOT Spec. 2360.4F and MnDOT's most recent Materials Control Schedule. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Aggregate base and concrete curb and gutter to be completed to placement of bituminous surfaces. p d and approved by the Engineer prior B. The Contractor shall provide a 48-hour notice for scheduling and paving operations. noticing noticin oft the residents prior to C. Adjust structures prior to placement of bituminous wearing course as specified in Section 33 05 17. D. Bituminous cores for testing shall be taken 12 to 48 hours after paving operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Mixture Designation: Conform to MnDOT 2360.1, except as modified in the typical section Detail Drawing and Quotation Form 1. Residential Streets - Low Volume— Non Wearing Course—SPNWB230B and Wearing Course— *' SPWEB240B. B. Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.2, except as modified herein 1. Scrap Asphalt Shingles (2360.2A2h) are not allowed in wear and non-wear course pavements. 2. Sewage Sludge Ash (SSA) (2360.2A2j) will not be allowed in either bituminous wear or non- wear course pavements. C. Bituminous Tack Coat 1. Bituminous Material: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2357 a. Emulsified Asphalt, Cationic, CSS-1 or CSS-1H. D. Asphalt Binder Material: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2360.2G and as identified in the Mix Designation. E. Mixture Design: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2360.3. F. Mixture Quality Management (Quality Control/Quality Assurance): Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2360.4, except as modified herein FLEXIBLE PAVING FOR MUNICIPAL PROJECTS ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 321201 -2 I U Contractor will be allowed to rovide historical testing data 1. Quality Control (QC)Testing: The Co P from the previous 3 days of production for each mixture type to meet the Production Sampling i and Testing Rates indicated in Table 2360.4-E for Course Aggregate Angularity and Fine Aggregate Angularity. The Contractor will be allowed to provide historical testing data from the previous 10 days of Contractor production for each mixture type to meet the Production I Sampling and Testing Rates indicated in Table 2360.4-E for TSR, Aggregate Specific Gravity, and Asphalt Binder Content. 2. Quality Assurance testing will be completed at the discretion of the Engineer, testing rates will I not exceed Table 2360.4-D and 2360.4-E a. A verification sample will be taken by the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to use the verification companion sample as part of the QC testing program. 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL 1 A. Conform to the requirements of MnDOT Spec 2360.5, except as modified herein. I B. The Contractor to review the proposed paving sequence with the Engineer prior to placement of each bituminous course (lift). C. The proposed sequence shall address the: longitudinal seams, compaction, traffic control, hauling routes, and placement of pavement markings. D. Preparation of Bituminous Non Wear Course 1. Final clean up of the bituminous surface with the use of a power pickup broom and front end loader 2. Adjust structures conforming to the requirements of Section 33 05 17. I E. Joints: Where new construction meets existing bituminous surfacing, the existing surface shall be uniformly saw-cut straight, and bituminous tack coat applied prior to placement of each bituminous course (lift). For joint construction, an existing bituminous surface shall be considered to include i any bituminous surface not paved on the same day as the new construction. The Owner may require sawcuting on surfaces paved the same day, if, in the opinion of the Owner, the mix has cooled to a point where a new sawed edge is necessary. I3.02 RESTRICTIONS ii li A. Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.5B, except as modified herein. B. All street surfaces checked and approved by the Engineer prior to paving. IC. Existing bituminous surfaces must be dry prior and during placement of any bituminous pavements. D. Wearing course shall not be placed when the air temperature in the shade and away from artificial Iheat is 50 degrees or less, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3.03 EQUIPMENT A. Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.5C. I I FLEXIBLE PAVING FOR MUNICIPAL PROJECTS ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 32 12 01-3 I 3.04 TREATMENT OF SURFACE 1 A. Bituminous Tack coat shall conform to MnDOT Spec. 2357, except as modified herein. B. Restrictions 1. The tack coat shall not be applied when the road surface is wet or when the weather conditions are unsuitable. 2. The area for tack coat application shall be limited as directed by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility of claims of tack coat on personal property due to lack of notification or signage of the area being tack coated. C. Equipment: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2321.3C1. D. Road Surface Preparation: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2357.3C. E. Application 1. At a uniform rate conforming to MnDOT Spec. 2357.3D1, but not greater than 0.05 gallon per square yard. 2. Along the front edge of the concrete curb and gutter, prior to placement of bituminous base. 3.05 PAVEMENT DENSITY A. Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.6, except as modified herein 1. Pathways, Driveways, Small Parking Lots, Leveling Courses, and Patching shall conform to Section 2360.6C—Ordinary Compaction Method. 2. All other Pavement Density shall conform to Section 2360.6B— Maximum Density Method. 3. Modify Table 2360.6-B2a Lot Determination as indicated below: Daily Production (Tons) Lots 200 to 1,000 1 1,001 to 2,000 2 2,001 to 3,600 3 3,601 to 5,000 4 1 5,001 + 6 Daily production 0 to 200 tons is at the discretion of the Engineer. B. Vibrating steel drum roller and a pneumatic tired roller employed in conjunction with each other during compaction of all wear courses. 3.06 THICKNESS AND SURFACE SMOOTHNESS REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to MnDOT Section 2360.7, except as modified herein 1. Delete Section 2360.7C Pavement Smoothness. B. Structure Adjustment—Conform to Section 33 05 17 for tolerances. END OF SECTION I I FLEXIBLE PAVING FOR MUNICIPAL PROJECTS ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 32 12 01-4 ■ I 2360 PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT Gyratory Design Specification i February 1,2010 This Specification requires the Contractor to provide a mix that complies with all of the design, production,and placement requirements of the specification. The Department does not make any guaranty or warranty,either express or implied,that compliance with one part of this specification guarantees that the Contractor will meet the other aspects of the specification. 2360.1 DESCRIPTION This work consists of the construction of one or more pavement courses of hot plant mixed I asphalt-aggregate mixture on the approved the grades, and typical sections shown on he plans the specifications and in conformity with g (gyratory)as described in the Special Provisions or established by the Engineer. Mixture design will be 2360(gy ry) through the mixture designation. A Mixture Designations Mixture designations for asphalt mixtures contain the following information: (1) The first two letters indicate the mixture design type: SP=Gyratory Mixture Design SM=Gyratory Mixture Design for Stone Matrix Asphalt(SMA) (2) The third and fourth letters indicate the course: I WE=Wearing and Shoulder Wearing Course NW=Non-Wearing Course (3) The fifth letter indicates the maximum aggregate size*: I A= 1/2 inch[12.5mm],SP 9.5 B=3/4 inch[19.0mm],SP 12.5 C= 1 inch[25.0mm],SP 19.0 I D=3/8 inch[9.5mm],SP 4.75 E=See provision for SMA design (4) For Gyratory Design: The sixth digit indicates the Traffic Level(ESAL's x 106) The requirements for gyratory mixtures in this specification are based on the 20-year design traffic level of the Project expressed in Equivalent Single Axle Loads(ESAL's). The five traffic levels I are shown below in Table 2360.1-A. Table 2360.1-A Traffic Levels Traffic Level 20 Year Desi. ESAL's 1 x 10'ESAL's 21 < 1 IIIIIIIIEEIIIIIIIII l to<3 4 3to< 10 5 10 to<30 6 SMA 1 --(AADT<2300) I2--(2300<AADT<6000) I IPage 1 of 50 2360 Specification February 1,2010 (5) The last two digits indicate the air void requirement: 40=4.0%for SP and SM Wear mixtures 30=3.0%for SP Non-Wear and Shoulder (6) The letter at the end of the mixture designation identifies the asphalt binder grade: Standard Grades Specialty Grades B=PG 58-28 A=PG 52-34 C=PG 58-34 H=PG 70-28 E=PG 64-28 F=PG 64-34 L=PG 64-22 Ex:Gyratory Mixture Designation--SPWEB540E(Design Type,Lift,Agg Size,Traffic Level,Voids,Binder) Ex: SMA Mixture Designation--SMWEE640H(Design Type,Lift,Agg Size,Traffic Level,Voids,Binder) l3 Minimum Lift thickness Minimum design recommended paving lift thickness based on maximum aggregate size are: I Aggregate Size D: Minimum Lift thickness= 1/2 inch[12 mm] Aggregate Size A: Minimum Lift thickness= 1 inch[25 mm] Aggregate Size B: Minimum Lift thickness= 1 '/2 inch[40 mm] Aggregate Size C(for non-wear only): Minimum Lift thickness=2 'A inch[65 mm] 2360.2 MATERIALS A Aggregate Al General I The aggregate shall consist of sound,durable particles of gravel and sand,crushed stone and sand, or combinations thereof. It shall be free of objectionable matter such as metal,glass,wood,plastic,brick,rubber, and any other material having similar characteristics. Coarse aggregate shall be free from coatings of clay and silt to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall not compensate for the lack of fines by adding soil materials such as clay, loam,or silt. Overburden shall not be blended into the asphalt aggregate. Each different material(source,class,kind,or size)shall be fed at a uniform rate from its storage unit. An individual source,class,type,or size of material shall not be stockpile blended with another source,class, type or size of material. A2 Classification I The aggregate shall conform to one of the following classifications. The class of aggregate to be used shall be the Contractor's option unless otherwise specified in the Contract. A2a Class A Class A aggregate shall consist of crushed igneous bedrock(specifically;basalt,gabbro,granite, I gneiss,rhyolite,diorite and andosite)and rock from the Sioux Quartzite Formation. Other igneous or metamorphic rock may be used with specific approval of the Engineer. Class A materials may contain no more than 4.0% non-Class A aggregate. This recognizes the fact that some quarries may contain small pockets of non-Class A material within that source. Intentional blending or addition of non-Class A material is strictly prohibited! I Page 2 of 50 2360 Specification February 1,2010 Alb Class B Class B aggregate shall consist of crushed rock from all other bedrock sources such as carbonate and metamorphic rocks. (Schist) A2c Class C Class C aggregate shall consist of natural or partly crushed natural gravel obtained from a natural gravel deposit. A2d Class D Class D aggregate shall consist of 100 percent crushed natural gravel. The crushed gravel shall be produced from material retained on a square mesh sieve having an opening at least twice as large as the Specification permits for the maximum size of the aggregate in the composite asphalt mixture. The amount of carryover(material finer than)the selected screen shall not exceed ten percent. A2e Class E Class E aggregate shall consist of a mixture of any two or more of the above classes of approved aggregate(A,aggregates,and D). The use of Class E aggregate,as well as the relative proportions of the different constituent aggregates,shall be subject to the approval us the of a blending belt approved by the Engineer prior to constituent aggregates shall be accurately controlled either gate during hatching operations. production or by separately weighing each aggreg g A2f Steel Slag Steel slag may not exceed 25 percent of the mass of the total aggregate. Steel slag shall be free of metallics and other mill waste. Stockpiles will be accepted for use if the total expansion,determined by ASTM D4792,is less than 0.50%. A2g Taconite Tailings(TT) Taconite tailings shall be obtained from ore tailings mined westerly mined in southwestern Wiscons n wll east of Biwabik,Mn(R15W-R1 6W);except that taconite t also be permitted for use. Approved taconite tailing sources are on file with the Department Bituminous Engineer. A2h Recycled Asphalt Shingles(RAS) RAS may be included in the mixture to a maximum of 5 percent of the total weight of mixture as shown in Table 2360.3-B2a. Either manufactured Tlae t asphalt shingles sed will ba considered part of the shingles(TOSS)may be included in the mixture. percentage maximum allowable RAP percentage. Refer to Section 2360.2 G1 to select a ((added basphatobi d r grade. x 1 The e ratio of added new asphalt binder to total asphalt binder shall be 70%or greater(( A minimum of 1 spotcheck per day per mixture blend is required to determine new added binder. All RAS materials shall be processed to meet the following gradation requirements: Gradation % I assin ,assin 100 #4 4.75 90 I Page 3 of 50 2360 Specification February 1,2010 Table 2360.3-B2a Mixture Aggregate Requirements Traffic Traffic Traffic Traffic SMA Aggregate Blend Property Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 T.Level 6 20 year Design ESAL's <1 million 1 -3 million 3 - 10 10—30 See SMA million million Provisions Min. Coarse Aggregate Angularity (ASTM D5821) (one face/two face),%-Wear 30/- 55/- 85/80 95/90 _ (one face/two face),%-Non-Wear 30/' S5/- 60/- 80/75 Min.Fine Aggregate Angularity(FAA) (AASHTO T304,Method A)%-Wear 40(2) 42 44 45 %-Non-Wear 40(2) 40 40 40 Flat and Elongated Particles,max%by _ 10 10 10 weight,(ASTM D 4791) 5:1 ratio) - Min. Sand Equivalet(AASHTO T 176) _ ( ) (5:1 ratio) (5:1 ratio) 45 45 - Max. Total Spall in fraction retained on the#4[4.75mm] sieve—Wear 5.0 2.5 1.0 1.0 Non-Wear 5.0 5.0 2.5 2.5 Maximum Spall Content in Total Sample —Wear 5.0 5.0 1.0 1.0 Non-Wear 5.0 5.0 2.5 2.5 Maximum Percent Lumps in fraction retained on the#4 [4.75mm] sieve 0'5 0.5 0.5 0.5 - Class B Carbonate Restrictions Maximum%-#4[-4.75mm] Final Lift/All other Lifts 100/100 100/100 80/80 50/80 Maximum%+#4 [+4.75mm] Final Lift/All other Lifts 100/100 100/100 50/100 0/100 Max.allowable RAP percentage ) Wear/Non Wear 30/40 30/30 30/30 30/30 Max. allowable scrap shingles—MWSS(2) Wear/Non Wear 5/5 5/5 5/5 5/5 _ Max.allowable scrap shingles—TOSS(2) Final Lift/All other Lifts 5/5 5/5 0/5 0/0 - (1) When shingles are included as part of the allowable RAP percentage in Traffic Level 2,3,4,or 5 mixtures the ratio of added new asphalt binder to total asphalt binder shall be 70%or greater((added binder/total binder)x 100>=70). A minimum of 1 spotcheck per day per mixture blend is required to determine new added binder. (2) MWSS is manufactured waste scrap shingle and TOSS is tear-off scrap shingle. B2b Mixture Requirements Mixture evaluation will be based on the trial mix tests and the corresponding requirements listed in Table 2360.3-B2b and Table 2360.3-B2c. I I I Page 10 of 50 • I2360 Specification 111 February 1,2010 Table 2360.3-B2b Mixture Res uirements Traffic Level Traffic Level Traffic Level Traffic Level SM el 6 4 5 2 3 10—30 See SMA I 20 year Design ESAL's < 1 million 1 -3 million 3 - 10 million million Provisions G rato Mixture Re s uirements 40 60 90 100 G ations for Naesi n --Wear 4 0 4.0 4.0 3.0- I %Air Voids at Naesign,- 3.0 3.0 3.0 %Air Voids at Naesign, Non-Wear& 4.0 All Shoulder 8.5 Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness, 8 5 8.5 8.5 MI micron(.l),min 80 80( Tensile Stren 0.6—1.2 th Ratio �,min% 0.6—1.2 0.6—1.2 0.6—1.2 (1) See Section 2360.4 E9. Use 6 inch[150mm] specimens. (2) Mn/DOT Min=65,(3)Mn/DOT Min=70 I B2c Primary Control Sieve The primary control sieve is used to define coarse and fine graded mixtures. The determination of coarse and fine graded mixtures will be based on the percentage of material passing the #8 [2.365 mm] shown below in Table 2360.3-B2c. Table 2360.3-B2c I Primar Control Sieve Table Fine Mixture Coarse Mixture Gradation %Pass#8 2.36 mm %Pass#8 2.36 mm >47 > 39 <_47 IA B <39 C I D MIIIIIIIIIOIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIII B2d Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness(Adj.AFT) The adjusted asphalt film thickness Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickne during s based on the calculated t the minimum criteria as shown in Table 2360.3-B2b. aggregate surface area(SA)and the effective asphalt binder content. The procedure for calculating Adj.AFT is I outlined below: B2d(1) Aggregate Surface Area(SA) II The aggregate surface area(SA)is calculated by using the following formula(': SA=2+0.02a+0.04b+0.08c+0.14d+0.30e+0.60f+ 1.60g IWhere: SA=Aggregate Surface Area in SF/lb.of dry aggregate #30 #50 #100 and a,b,c,d,e,f and g are the percent of total aggregate passing the#4,#8,#16, , #200 sieves,respectively. The per which ashalgbe each of the sieves rounded to the nearle s Orl percent the nearest 1 percent,except for the#200 sieve, IPage 11 of 50 2360 Specification February 1,2010 (1) Mixtures with a combined(-)#4 Gs b less than 2.580,or greater than 2.700,will have the calculated SA adjusted accordingly. The SA will be increased for mixtures with a combined(-)#4 Gs b less than 2.580,and decreased for mixtures with a combined (-)#4 Gs b greater than 2.700. The SA adjustment procedure is as follows:Adjusted SA=SA x(2.650-Mixture(-)#4 GSb).There will be no SA adjustment for mixtures with a combined(-)#4 GSb between 2.580 and 2.700. B2d(2) Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness(Adj.AFT) Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness is calculated as follows: I Adj.AFT=AFT+0.06(SA-28) Asphalt film thickness(AFT)is calculated by the followin g formulas: AFT= P P x 4870 100xP5xSA Where: AFT=Asphalt Film Thickness in microns Pbe=Effective Asphalt Content as a percent of the total mixture 4870=Constant Conversion Factor Ps =Percent Aggregate in Mixture/100,or(100-Pb)/100 Pb =Percent Total Asphalt Cement in Mixture SA=Calculated Aggregate Surface Area in SF/lb. The Adjusted AFT will be greater than the AFT if the SA is greater than 28.0 SF/Lb.,and will be less than the AFT if the SA is less than 28.0 SF/Lb. B3 Tensile Strength Ratio sample Mixture or briquettes that represent the mixture at optimum asphalt content,shall be submitted at least 7 days prior to actual production for verification of moisture sensitivity retained tensile strength ratio(TSR). Material submitted for TSR verification may be tested for maximum specific gravity Gmm compliance in addition to TSR results. Failure to meet the Gmm tolerance will result in rejection of the submitted mix design. A new mix design submittal will be required and will be subject to provisions described in Section 2360.3C. One of the following options may be used to verify that the tensile strength ratio(TSR)meets the requirements in Table 2360.3-B2b. Option A)The Contractor will batch material at the design proportions including optimum asphalt. Immediately(before curing)split the sample and allow samples to cool to room temperature. Submit 77 pounds [35 kg]of mixture to the District Materials Laboratory for curing and test verification. Both groups will use a two(2) hour cure time(+ 15 minutes)at 290°F[144°C]and follow procedures in ASTM D 4867-92,Mn/DOT modified as defined in the Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual. Option B)The Contractor batches,cures as indicated and uncompacted mixture as specified below.cures(as in option A),compacts,and submits I I Page 12 of 50 I2360 Specification I February 1,2010 Table 2360.3-B3 Option B Mixture Requirements I Item Gyratory Design Un-compacted Mixture Sample Size 8,200 g Number of compacted briquettes" 6 I Compacted briquette air void content 6.5—7.5% (1)6 inch[150mm] specimens B4 Aggregate Specific Gravity AASHTO T84 and T85,Mn/DOT Modified IThe Contractor shall determine the specific gravity of all aggregate used in the mixture. I C Documentation Each proposed JMF submitted for review under Section 2360.3B and 2360.3D shall include the I following documentation and test results. (1) The name(s)of the individual(s)responsible for the Quality Control of the mixture during production. I (2) The low project number of the Contract on which the mixture will be used. (3) The design traffic level and the design number of gyrations. (4) The temperature ranges the mixture is intended to be discharged from the plant and compacted at I the roadway shall be provided by the asphalt binder supplier. Temperatures to be included are, laboratory mixing and compaction temperature ranges and maximum field mixing and compaction temperatures.. (5) The percentage in units of 1 percent(except the#200 sieve[0.075 mm]in units of 0.1 percent)of I aggregate passing each of the specified sieves(including the#16,#30,#50,and#100)for each aggregate to be incorporated into the mixture. The gradation of aggregate from salvaged asphaltic material shall be derived from the material after the residual asphalt has been extracted. (6) The source and description of the materials to be used. The aggregate pit or quarry source I number. The proportion of each material(in percent of total aggregate). (7) The composite gradation based on(5)and(6)above. Note:Include virgin composite gradation based on(6)and(7)above for mixtures containing RAP/RAS. I (8) The bulk(dry)and apparent specific gravities and water absorption(by%weight of dry aggregate)of both coarse and fine aggregate,for each product used in the mixture(including RAP/RAS). Use AASHTO T-84 and T-85 Mn/DOT modified as defined in the Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual. The tolerance allowed between the Contractor's and the Department's specific I gravities are Gsb(individual)=0.040[+4 AND-4]and Gsb(combined)=0.020. (9) The composite gradation plotted on a FHWA 0.45 power chart. (Federal form PR-1115) (10) The test results from the composite aggregate blend at the proposed JMF proportions indicating I compliance with Coarse Aggregate Angularity,Fine Aggregate Angularity,and Flat and Elongated as shown in Table 2360.3-B2a. (11) For mixtures containing RAP/RAS include extracted asphalt binder content of the RAP/RAS with no retention factor included. I (12) The percentage(in units of 0.1 percent)and PG grade of asphalt binder material to be added, based upon the total mass of the mixture. (13) Each trial mixture design shall include the following: I (a) A minimum of three different asphalt binder contents(minimum 0.4 percent between each point),with at least one point at,one above and one below the optimum asphalt binder percentage. (b) The maximum specific gravity at each asphalt binder content. The theoretical maximum I specific gravity used for percent air voids determination shall be calculated based on the average of the effective specific gravities measured by a minimum of two maximum specific gravity tests at the asphalt contents above and below the expected optimum Iasphalt binder content. IPage 13 of 50 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 (c) The test results for the individual and average bulk specific gravity,density,and heights, of at least two specimens at each asphalt binder content. (d) The percent air voids in the mixture at each asphalt binder content. (e) The Adj.Asphalt Film Thickness(Adj.AFT)at each asphalt binder content. (0 The fines to Effective Asphalt(F/A)ratio calculated to the nearest 0.1 percent. (g) TSR results at the optimum asphalt binder content. (h) Graphs showing air voids,adjusted AFT,Gmb,Gmm and unit weight vs.percent asphalt binder content for each of the three asphalt binder contents submitted with trial mix. III (i) Evidence the completed mixture will conform to design air voids(Va),Adj.AFT,TSR, F/Ae(Fines to effective asphalt ratio). (j) The documentation shall also include labeled gyratory densification tables and curves generated from the gyratory compactor for all points used in the mixture submittal. (14) Optional Add-Rock/Add-Sand Provisions If the Contractor chooses to use the add-material option to augment the submitted JMF,the Contractor shall provide samples of the aggregate for quality analysis in accordance with Section 2360.3B1. The Contractor shall provide mix design data for two additional design points per add-material. One point shall show a proportional adjustment to the submitted JMF that includes 5 percent,by mass,add-material at the JMF optimum asphalt percent. The second point shall show a proportional adjustment to the submitted JMF that includes 10 percent,by mass, add-material at the JMF optimum asphalt percent. The following information will be reported for each of these two points: (a) The maximum specific gravity(average of two tests). (b) The test results for the individual and average bulk specific gravity,density,and height of at least two specimens at the optimum asphalt binder content. (c) The percent air voids in the mixture for each point. (d) The Fines to Effective Asphalt ratio calculated to the nearest 0.1 of a percent. (e) Coarse and Fine Aggregate crushing counts (f) The Adjusted Asphalt Film Thickness Up to two add-materials will be allowed per mix design submittal. Aggregate quality and mix characteristics are required for each proposed add-material and shall be submitted at the time of the original trial mix submittal. No mixture sample or briquettes are required for these two additional points. D Modified Mixture Design(Option 2) 1 The Contractor shall submit mixture design test results and documentation as described in Section 2360.3C to the District Materials Laboratory where the Project is located(Department Bituminous Engineer in Metro area)to verify compliance with these specifications. The District Materials Engineer(Department I Bituminous Engineer)will issue a Mixture Design Report when the mixture design has been successfully verified. Mixture submittal is not required. The Contractor may use this option if all of the following conditions are met: a) The aggregates must have been tested for and meet all applicable quality requirements in the I current construction season. b) The Level II mix designer submitting the mixture design must have a minimum of 2 years experience in mixture design. Dl JMF Submittal At least 2 working days prior to the start of asphalt production,the Contractor shall submit in writing a proposed Job Mix Formula(JMF)for each combination of aggregates to the Department Bituminous Engineer or District Materials Engineer for review. A Level II Quality Management mix designer must sign this proposed JMF. For each JMF submitted,the Contractor shall include documentation as outlined in Section 2360.3C to demonstrate conformance to mixture properties as specified in Table 2360.3-B2b and 2360.3-B2c. The proposed JMF shall be submitted on forms approved by the Department. I Page 14 of 50 I I2360 Specification IFebruary 1,2010 D2 Initial Production Test Verification I At the start of production,the testing frequency for the first 1,800 metric tons [2,000 tons]of each mix type shall be as specified in Table 2360.4-D. All mixture placed on Mn/DOT projects shall meet the specified quality indicators and required Ifield density. Failure to do so will result in reduced payment or removal and replacement with acceptable material. The Department shall take a mix verification sample within the first four samples at the start of Iproduction of each mix type. D3 Tensile Strength Ratio sample ISee Section 2360.4E9 E Mixture Design Report IA Mixture Design Report consists of the JMF(Job Mix Formula). The JMF includes composite gradation,aggregate component proportions,asphalt binder content of the mixture,design air voids,adj. asphalt film I thickness,and aggregate bulk specific gravity values. JMF limits will be shown for gradation control sieves(JMF limits will be aggregate gradation broadbands shown in Table 2360.2-E),percent asphalt binder content,air voids, and Adj.Asphalt Film Thickness. Issuance of a Mixture Design Report confirms the mixture has been reviewed for and meets volumetric properties only. No guaranty or warranty,either express or implied,is made regarding Iplacement and compaction of the mixture. A Department reviewed Mixture Design Report is required for all paving except for small I quantities of material provided under Section 2360.5H. All submitted materials must meet aggregate and mixture design requirements before a Mixture Design Report is issued. The Department will review two trial mix designs per mix type designated in the plan,per Contract at no cost to the Contractor. Additional mix designs will be verified at a cost of$2000 per design,payable to the Commissioner of Transportation. IFor city,county,and other agency projects,the Contractor shall provide to the District Materials Laboratory a complete Project proposal including addenda,supplemental agreements,change orders,and any Plan I sheets(including typical sections)that affect the mix design. The Department will not start the verification process without this information. 2360.4 MIXTURE QUALITY MANAGEMENT(Quality Control/Quality Assurance) IA Quality Control(QC) The Contractor shall provide and maintain a quality control program for HMA production. A I quality control program is defined as all activities,including mix design,process control inspection,sampling and testing,and necessary adjustments in the process that are related to the production of a hot mix asphalt(HMA) pavement which meets the requirements of the specifications. IAl Contractor Certified Plant HMA I Ala Certification Procedure The Contractor shall: I (1) (2) Complete application form and request for plant inspection. Provide a site map of stockpile locations. (3) Pass plant and testing facility inspection by having the Plant Inspector and Bituminous Plant Authorized Agent complete and sign the Asphalt Plant Inspection Report(TP 02142-02, ITP 02143-02). By signing the Asphalt Plant Inspection Report,the plant authorized agent agrees IPage 15 of 50 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 to calibrate and maintain all plant and laboratory equipment within allowable tolerances set forth in these specifications,Standard Specifications for Construction,and the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual. (4) Obtain a Mixture Design Report prior to production. Alb Maintaining Certification To maintain certification,the plant must produce,test,and document all certified plant asphalt mixtures in accordance with the above requirements on a continuous basis. Continuous basis means all asphalt mixtures supplied from a certified plant to any Department project with 2360 asphalt mixtures must be sampled and tested in accordance with 2360 requirements and the Schedule of Materials Control. The Contractor shall assure the plant certification procedure is performed annually after winter suspension and before producing material for a Project. In addition,a first day sampling and testing frequency rate as stated in Table 2360.4-D shall be followed. The Contractor shall recertify a plant when it is moved to a new location or a previously occupied location. Alc Revocation of Plant Certification The Department Construction Engineer may revoke certification of an asphalt plant when requirements are not being met or records are falsified. The Department may revoke the Technician Certification for the individual involved. The Department Bituminous Engineer and Department Contract Administrator will maintain a list of companies who have had their asphalt plant certification revoked. B Quality Assurance(QA) The Department will perform QA testing as part of the acceptance process. The Engineer is responsible for QA testing,records,and acceptance. The Engineer will accomplish the QA process by: (1) Conducting Quality assurance and verification sampling and testing. (2) Observing sampling and tests performed by the QC personnel. (3) Taking additional samples at any time and any location during production. (4) Monitoring the required QC summary sheets and control charts. (5) Verifying calibration of laboratory testing equipment. (6) Communicating Mn/DOT test results to the Contractor's QC personnel in a timely manner(See 2360.4M and 2360.4N). (7) Ensuring Independent Assurance Sampling and testing requirements are met. C Contractor's Quality Control Cl Personnel Requirements Along with the proposed mix design data,the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer an organizational chart listing the names and phone numbers of individuals and alternates responsible for mix design, process control administration,and inspection. The Contractor shall also post a current organizational chart and if required by the Engineer,post a daily roster of individuals performing QC testing in the Contractor's test facility. The Contractor's quality control organization or private testing firm shall have Certified Technicians who have met the requirements on file with the Department's Technical Certification program. Individuals performing process control testing must be certified as a Level I Bituminous Quality Management(QM) Tester. Individuals performing mix design calculations or mix design adjustments must be certified as Level II Bituminous QM Mix Designer. The Contractor shall have a Certified Level II Bituminous QM Mix Designer Page 16 of 50 I I 2360 Specification IFebruary 1,2010 make any necessary process adjustments. The Contractor shall have a minimum of one person per available to y ary p adjustments. operation certified as a Level II Bituminous Street Inspector. IC2 Laboratory Requirements: I The Contractor shall furnish and maintain a laboratory at the plant site or other site as approved by the Engineer. The laboratory shall be furnished with the necessary equipment and supplies for performing Contractor quality control testing. The laboratory equipment shall meet the requirements listed in Section 400 of the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual,Mn/DOT Lab Manual,and these specifications,including having extraction I capabilities. The laboratory shall be calibrated and operational prior to the beginning of production. In addition to the requirements listed above,the laboratory shall be equipped with a telephone for use by the Contractor or the Engineer. A fax machine and copy machine shall be available for use by the Contractor or the Engineer at the I laboratory site. The Engineer may waive the requirement to have a fax machine available at the laboratory site if transfer of data and test results can be accomplished through electronic transmittal(email). The laboratory shall also include a computer and printer. The computer shall have the following minimum requirements: 1)Intel based with either Celeron or Pentium IV processor with a minimum processor speed of 1.8 MHZ. 2)CD writer with CD/RW I capability and a minimum write speed of 16x. 3)Windows 2000 or Windows XP with Microsoft Excel version 97 or newer. The printer must be able to print control charts. The Engineer shall be allowed to inspect measuring and testing devices to confirm both calibration and condition. The Contractor shall calibrate and correlate all testing equipment in accordance with the latest version of the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual and Mn/DOT Lab Manual. Records of calibration for each piece of testing equipment shall be kept in the same facility as the equipment. tD Sampling and Testing The Contractor shall ensure that all QC samples are taken at random locations. Random number generation and determination of random sample location shall be consistent with the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual Section 5-693.7 Table A or Section 5 of ASTM D3665. The Engineer may approve alternate methods of random number generation. IThe tests for mixture properties shall be conducted on representative portions of the mix,quartered from a larger sample of mixture taken from behind the paver,or when approved by the Engineer,an alternate I sampling location. The procedure for truck box sampling,an alternate sampling location,is on file in the Bituminous Office. When an alternate sampling location is approved and used by the Contractor,the daily verification sample must still be taken from behind the paver. I The Contractor shall obtain a sample of at least 55 pounds[25 kg]. This sample may be either split in the field or transported to the test facility by a method to retain heat to facilitate sample quartering procedures. The Contractor shall store and retain mixture bulk samples and companion samples for the Department I for a period of 10 calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain these split samples in containers labeled with companion numbers. The Contractor shall perform QC sampling and testing according to the following schedule. Determine the planned tonnage for each mixture to be produced during the production day. I Divide the planned production by 1000. Round the number to the next higher whole number. This number will be the number of production tests required for that mixture. Required production tests are listed in Table 2360.4-E. Split the planned production into even increments and select sample locations as described above. If actual tonnage I exceeds planned tonnage additional tests may be required. During production,mixture volumetric property tests will not be required when mix production is less than 300 tons[270 metric tons]. However,production tests will be required when the accumulative tonnage on successive days exceeds 300 tons [270 metric tons]. At the start of production,the testing frequency for the first 2,000 tons [1800 metric tons]of each Imix type shall be as follows: I Page 17 of 50 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 Table 2360.4-D I Production Start-Up Testing Rates Production Test Testing Rates Test Reference Section Bulk Specific Gravity 1 test per 500 tons[450 metric tons] AASHTO T312,T166 Mn/DOT modified 2360.4E2 Maximum Specific Gravity 1 test per 500 tons[450 metric tons] AASHTO T209 Mn/DOT modified 2360.4E3 Air Voids(calculated) 1 test per 500 tons[450 metric tons] AASHTO T269,T312 2360.4E4 Asphalt Content 1 test per 500 tons[450 metric tons] Bit&Lab Manual 2360.4E1 Adj.AFT(Calculated) 1 test per 500 tons[450 metric tons] Mn/DOT Lab Manual 2360.3B2d Gradation 1 test per 500 tons[450 metric tons] AASHTO Ti 1,T27,T30 Mn/DOT 2360.4E6 modified Coarse Aggregate Angularity 1 test per 1000 tons[900 metric tons] ASTM D5821 Mn/DOT modified 2360.4E7 I Fine Aggregate Angularity 1 test per 1000 tons[900 metric tons] AASHTO T304,Method A 2360.4E8 (FAA) E Production Tests I When more than one Mn/DOT approved test procedure is available,the Contractor shall select, with the approval of the Engineer,one method at the beginning of the Project and use that method for the entire I Project. The Contractor and Engineer may agree to change test procedures during the construction of the Project. Table 2360.4-E Production Sampling and Testing Rates I Production Test Sampling/Testing Rates Test Reference Section Bulk Specific Gravity Divide the planned production by 1000. Round the AASHTO T312,T245 T166 2360.4E2 I number to the next higher whole number. Mn/DOT mod Maximum Specific „ AASHTO T209 Mn/DOT 2360.4E3 Gravity _ modified Air Voids(calculated) AASHTO T269,T312 2360.4E4 I Asphalt Content Bit&Lab Manual 2360.4E1 Adj.AFT(Calculated) Mn/DOT Lab Manual 2360.3B2d 1 gradation per 1,000 tons[900 metric tons],or portion AASHTO T11,T27, Gradation thereof(minimum of one per day) T30Mn/DOT modified 2360.4E6 I Coarse Aggregate 2 tests/day for a minimum of 2 days,then 1 per day if ASTM D5821 Mn/DOT Angularity CAA is met. If CAA>8%of requirement, 1 sample/day modified 2360.4E7 but test 1/week. Fine Aggregate 2 tests/day for a minimum of 2 days,then 1 per day if AASHTO T304,Method A Angularity(FAA) FAA is met. If FAA>5%of requirement, 1 sample/day 2360.4E8 but test 1/week. ASTM D4867 Mn/DOT TSR When directed by the Materials Engineer 2360.4E9 I modified Aggregate Specific When directed by the Engineer AASHTO T84&T85, 2360.4E10 Gravity Mn/DOT modified Mixture Moisture Daily unless exempted by Engineer Mn/DOT 5-693.950 2360.4E11 I Content Asphalt Binder Sample 15t load(each grade)then 1 per 250,000 gallon- Mn/DOT 5-693.920 2360.4E12 sample size 1 quart[1,000,000 liter.] I I I I Page 18 of 50 I I2360 Specification February 1,2010 El Asphalt Binder Content(2) (a) Spot Check(Virgin only) Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual I (b) Incinerator Oven io Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual Method 1853 (c) Chemical Extraction Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual Method 1851 or 1852 (d) Meter Method(Virgin only) Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual l (1) Incinerator Oven may not be used when the percentage of Class B material exceeds 50% within the composite blend,unless a correction factor is determined by the Contractor and approved by the District Materials Engineer. I (2) For Traffic Level 2,3,4,and 5 mixtures that include shingles as part of the allowable RAP percentage a minimum of 1 spotcheck per day per mixture blend is required to determine new added asphalt binder(See footnote 1 of Table 2360.3-B2a). 1 E2 Gyratory Bulk Specific Gravity,Gmb(2 specimens) AASHTO T312,T166, Mn/DOT Modified IE3 Maximum Specific Gravity,Gmm AASHTO T209,Mn/DOT Modified E4 Air Voids-Individual and Isolated(calculation) AASHTO T269,T312 I Isolated air voids are calculated using the maximum mixture specific gravity and the corresponding bulk specific gravity from a single test. Individual air voids are calculated from the maximum specific gravity moving average and the bulk specific gravity from that single test. IFor gyratory design,compaction shall be conducted to NdesIgn,as shown in Table 2360.3-B2b,for the specified Traffic Level. IE5 Adj.Asphalt Film Thickness(AFT)(calculation) Mn/DOT Lab Manual E6 Gradation-Blended Aggregate AASHTO T-11,T-27,and T-30(all Mn/DOT modified) 1 Testing to determine the blended aggregate gradation shall be determined every 1,000 tons[1800 metric tons],or portion thereof(minimum of one per day),on samples taken at the same time as the required mixture I sample for a given increment. All gradations require a-#200 [-0.075 mm]wash. I (a) Virgin Aggregate Mixtures-Drum or Screenless Plants Belt Samples or extracted production samples. (b) All Other Mixtures: I1. Hot Bins-Drybatch(Optional) 2. Incinerator Oven Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual Method 1853 (Optional)except samples that contain over 50%class B. (I) 3. Extraction Mn/DOT Laboratory Manual Method 1851 or 1852(Optional) I (1) Incinerator Oven may not be used when the percentage of Class B material exceeds 50%within the composite blend,unless a correction factor is determined by the Contractor and approved by the District IMaterials Engineer. E7 Coarse Aggregate Angularity ASTM D5821 Mn/DOT modified I CAA test results shall meet the minimum percent fractured faces as shown in Table 2360.3-B2a. ASTM D-5821 shall be used to determine coarse aggregate angularity on the composite blend from aggregates used in production of hot mix asphalt. Mixtures that contain virgin aggregates may be tested from composite belt Isamples. Mixtures that contain RAP must be tested from extracted aggregates taken from standard production IPage 19 of 50 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 samples. The percentage of fractured faces of the composite aggregate blend less than 100%shall be tested at the following rates: (1) Perform two tests per day for each mixture blend for a minimum of two days and then one per day if the test samples meet CAA requirements. (2) If CAA crushing test results exceed 8 percent of the requirement,take one sample per day and perform one test per week. I CAA results must be reported on the test summary sheet. Mixture placed and represented by results below the minimum requirement,as shown in Table 2360.3-B2a,will be subject to reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4-L3. Tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sampling point when the test result is back within specifications. E8 Fine Aggregate Angularity ASTM C1252 Method A FAA test results shall meet the minimum criteria shown in Table 2360.3-B2a. ASTM C1252 Method A shall be used to determine fine aggregate angularity on the composite blend from aggregates used in production of HMA. Mixtures that contain virgin aggregates may be tested from composite belt samples. Mixtures that contain RAP must be tested from extracted aggregates taken from standard production samples. The percentage of uncompacted voids from the composite aggregate blend shall be tested at the following rates. (1) Perform two tests per day for each mixture blend for a minimum of two days and then one per day if the test samples meet FAA requirements. (2) If FAA test results exceed 5 percent of the requirement,take one sample per day and perform one test per week. FAA results must be reported on the test summary sheet. Mixture placed and represented by results below the minimums,as shown in Table 2360.3-B2a,will be subject to reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4-L3. Tonnage is subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sampling point when the test result is back within specifications. E9 Field Tensile Strength Ratio(TSR) ASTM D4867 Mn/DOT Modified I At the discretion of the Materials Engineer,mixture will be sampled and tested to verify tensile strength ratio(TSR)('). If the Materials Engineer requires sampling and testing,both the Contractor and the Department will be required to test these samples within 72 hours after it is sampled. Sample size shall be 110 pound[50 kg]minimum and split in half to provide a sample for the Department and the Contractor. The Department companion of this split shall be labeled with the date,time,Project number and approximate cumulative tonnage to date. The Department companion shall be given to the Department Street Inspector or Plant Monitor immediately or delivered to the District Materials Engineer within 24 hours of sampling,as specified by the Engineer. Mixture samples shall be taken from behind the paver unless the Engineer approves an alternate sampling location. Specimen size shall be 6 inch[150 mm]for gyratory design The Contractor may test the sample at a permanent lab site or a field lab site. (1) When utilizing Option 2 mix design,it is recommended a sample be obtained within the first 5,000 tons [4,500 metric tons]of HMA produced or by the second day of production,whichever comes first,to verify tensile strength ratio(TSR). Minimum acceptable TSR values for production are shown in Table 2360.4-E9. The Contractor shall stop production immediately if minimum TSR requirements are not met. The Contractor will not be allowed to resume production until anti-strip has been added to the asphalt binder. Determination of who is responsible for the cost of the anti-strip is based on Mn/DOT and Contractor TSR values as outlined in Tables 2360.4E9A and 2360.4E9B. When Mn/DOT is responsible for the cost of the anti-strip,payment will be made only for the cost of the anti-strip for mixtures placed on that project. Mn/DOT will not reimburse the Contractor for any delay costs associated with making changes related to this testing. I Page 20 of 50 1 I 2360 Specification February 1,2010 Table 2360.4-E9 Mixture Type—Minimum TSR Traffic Level 2-3 Traffic Level 4-5 Contractor Mn/DOT Contractor Mn/DOT 75% 65% 80% 70% 1 I Table 2360.4-E9A Contractor TSR Gyratory Level 2-3 >75 <75 Mn/DOT >65 NA Mn/DOT ITSR <65 Contractor Contractor Table 2360.4-E9B IGyratory Level 4-5 Contractor TSR>80 <80 Mn/DOT >70 NA Mn/DOT TSR <70 Contractor Contractor Another sample shall be taken and tested within the first 500 tons[450 metric tons]after production resumes. If the re-test fails to meet the minimum specified value the Contractor shall stop production I immediately. Production cannot resume until the Contractor has discussed,with the Engineer,a proposal for resolving the problem. The Contractor shall not operate below the specified minimum TSR on a continuing basis. A continuing basis shall be defined as 2 or more successive tests failing the TSR requirements. IThe following conditions will automatically require a sample to be taken and tested: 1. A proportion change of more than 10 percent(from the currently produced mixture)for a single I 2. stockpile aggregate. The discretion of the Engineer. I E10 Dispute resolution procedures for TSR are on file in the Bituminous Office. Aggregate Specific Gravity(Gsb) AASHTO T84 and T85,Mn/DOT modified I At the discretion of the District Materials Engineer,aggregate stockpiles will be sampled and tested to verify aggregate specific gravity. Representative stockpile samples shall be 90 pounds[40 kg]for each aggregate component. All samples shall be split in half to provide material for both the Department and the I Contractor. The Department companion of this split shall be labeled with the date,time,Project number and approximate cumulative tonnage to date. The Department companion shall be given to the Plant Monitor immediately or delivered to the I District Materials Engineer within 48 hours of sampling,as specified by the Engineer. Aggregate specific gravity results will be compared to the Contractor's values on the current Mix Design Report. If the results deviate beyond the tolerance specified in Table 2360.4-M,the District Materials Engineer will immediately contact the Contractor and issue a new Mix Design Report with the current specific gravity results. Any mixture placed following I notification of new specific gravity values will be based upon Department results. The Contractor shall be notified immediately when new specific gravity values become available. The dispute resolution procedure for aggregate specific gravity is on file in the Bituminous Office. IEll Moisture Content Mn/DOT 5-693.950 Provide a mixture with moisture content not greater than 0.3 percent. The moisture content in the Imixture shall be measured behind the paver or alternate approved sampling method on file in the Bituminous Office. IPage 21 of 50 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 Sampling and testing shall be conducted by the Contractor on a daily basis unless exempted by the Engineer. Sampling and testing is suggested when rain on stockpiles exceed more than 0.2 inch[5 mm] in a 24 hour period. The sample shall be stored in an airtight container. Microwave testing is prohibited. HMA that exceeds 0.3%moisture content is unacceptable. The Contractor shall take appropriate action to remove excess water from the mixture. This action may include reducing the production rate,mixing stockpile aggregates prior to placement into the feed bins,and use of covered stockpiles. I E12 Asphalt Binder Samples The Contractor shall sample the first shipment of each type of asphalt binder,then sample at a rate of one per 250,000 gallons [1,000,000 liters];sample size shall be 1 quart[1.0L]. All samples shall be taken in accordance with the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual 5-693.920. Sampling shall be conducted by Contractor and monitored by the Inspector.The Contractor shall record sample information on Asphalt Sample Identification Card. Promptly submit the sample to the Department Materials Laboratory in Maplewood. Contact the Department Chemical Laboratory Director for disposition of failing asphalt binder samples. F Documentation(Records) I The Contractor shall maintain documentation,including test summary sheets and control charts, on an ongoing basis. The Contractor shall also maintain a file of gyratory specimen heights for all gyratory compacted samples and test worksheets. Reports,records,and diaries developed during the progress of construction activities for the Project,shall be filed as directed by the Engineer and will become the property of the Department. The Contractor shall: (1) Number test results in accordance with standard Department procedures and record on forms approved/supplied by the Department. (2) Facsimile or when approved by the Engineer,electronically transmit(email)all production test results on test summary sheets to the District Materials Laboratory and to other sites as requested by the Engineer,by 11 AM of the day following production. (2a) Include the following production test results and mixture information on the Department approved test summary sheet. 1. Percent passing on all sieves listed in Table 2360.2-E(including#16,#30,#50,#100). 2. Coarse and fine aggregate crushing. 3. Maximum specific gravity(Gmm.)• 4. Bulk specific gravity(Gmb)• 5. Percent total asphalt binder content(Pb)and new added asphalt binder content. 6. Calculated production air voids(Va). 7. Calculated adjusted AFT(Adj.AFT). 8. Composite aggregate specific gravity(GSb)reflecting current proportions. 9. Aggregate proportions in use at the time of sampling. 10. Tons where sampled. 11 Tons represented by a test and cumulative tons produced. 12. Fines to effective asphalt ratio(F/Ae). 13. Signature Line for Mn/DOT and Contractor Representative. 14. Mixture Moisture Content. 15. Mn/DOT verification sample test result. (2b) Submit copies of all failing test results to the Engineer on a daily basis. (3) Provide the Engineer with asphalt manifests or BOL's on a daily basis. I Page 22 of 50 1 I 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 (4) Provide a daily plant diary to include a description of QC actions taken(adjustment of cold feed ( ) percentages,changes in JMFs,etc.)include all changes or adjustments on the test summary sheets. I (5) Provide weekly truck scale spot checks. I (6) Provide a Department approved accounting system for all mixes and provide a daily and final Project summary of material quantities and types. (6a) Provide a final hardcopy summary of all quality control test summary sheets and control charts at I completion of bituminous operations on the Project to the Engineer. Because Certified Plant test data often represents test data for multiple projects,it may be necessary to make duplicate copies of the data for each project. The Contractor shall also submit a diskette of the quality control summary sheets,control charts and density worksheets to the Bituminous Engineer. I (7) Furnish an automated weigh scale and computer generated weigh ticket. The ticket shall indicate project number,mix designation(including binder grade),Mixture Design Report#,truck I identification and tare,net mass,date and time of loading. Any deviations from the minimum information to be provided on the computer generated weigh ticket must be approved by the Engineer in writing. 1 (8) Test summary sheets,charts,and records for a mixture produced at one plant site shall be continued from contract to contract. The Contractor shall begin new summary sheets and charts annually for winter carry-over projects. The Contractor shall begin new summary sheets and 111 charts when an asphalt plant is re-setup in the same location after it has moved out. G Documentation(Control Charts) I The following data shall be recorded on the standardized control charts,all control charts and summary sheets shall be computer generated using software approved by the Engineer. Software is available from the Mn/DOT Bituminous Office at www.mrr.dot.state.mn.us/pavement/bituminous/bituminous.asp. I (1) Blended aggregate gradation,include sieves shown in Table 2360.2-E for specified mixture. (2) Percent asphalt binder content(Pb) I (3) Maximum specific gravity(Gmm.) (4) Production air voids(Va) (5) Adj.AFT I Individual test results shall be plotted for each test point. A solid line shall connect individual points. The moving average for each test variable shall be plotted starting with the fourth test. A dashed line shall connect the moving average points. The Department's quality assurance and verification test results shall be plotted I with triangles. Specification JMF limits shall be indicated on the control charts using a dotted line. The Engineer may waive the plotting of control charts. H JMF Limits IThe production air voids and adj.AFT are based upon the minimum specified requirements as shown in Table 2360.3-B2b. Gradations and asphalt binder content limits are based upon the current Department I reviewed Mixture Design Report. Gradation control sieves are shown in Table 2360.2-E. The mixture production targets are listed on the Mixture Design Report. JMF limits are the target plus or minus the limits shown in Table 2360.4-H. JMF limits are used as the criteria for acceptance of materials based on the moving average. I I IPage 23 of 50 2360 Specification 1 February 1,2010 Table 2360.4-H JMF Limits(N=4) Item JMF Limits Adj.AFT -0.5 Production Air Voids,% ± 1.0 Asphalt Binder Content,% -0.4 Sieve-%Passing 1 inch,3/4 inch, 1/2 inch,3/8 inch,#4 [25, 19, 12.5,9.5,4.75 mm] Broad Band Limits #8 [2.36 mm] Broad Band Limits #200 [0.075 mm] Broad Band Limits I H1 Moving Average Calculation A moving average is the average of the last four test results. The calculation of the moving , average shall continue without interruption except under the following conditions: 1) The Contractor shall begin new summary sheets and charts annually for winter carry-over projects. 2) The Contractor shall begin new summary sheets and charts when an asphalt plant is re-setup in the same site after it has been moved out. I JMF Bands I JMF Bands are defined as the area between the target,as identified on the Mixture Design Report, and the JMF limits. , J JMF Adjustment The Contractor shall begin mixture production with the materials(gradation,asphalt content,and aggregate proportions)closely conforming to the reviewed Mixture Design Report. Closely conforming shall be defined as aggregate proportions within 5 percent of the design proportions(1)and other mixture parameters within the JMF limits in Table 2360.4-H. This requirement may be waived if the Contractor provides the District Materials Laboratory with prior documented production data showing how production affects the mixture properties or if the Contractor provides the District Materials Laboratory with a written justification or explanation of material changes since the original mixture submittal. (I)The Contractor shall begin mixture production using all aggregate proportions included on the Mixture Design Report unless the aggregate proportion is shown as 0 percent. J1 JMF Request for Adjustment If,during production,the Contractor determines from results of QC tests that adjustments to the mix design are necessary to achieve the specified properties,the following provisions shall apply. Unless otherwise authorized by the District Materials Engineer,no adjustments are allowed using aggregates or materials not part of the original mix design. The Contractor shall make a request for a JMF adjustment to the Department Bituminous Engineer or District Materials Engineer. The requested change will be reviewed for the Department by a Certified Level II Bituminous QM Mix Designer. If the request meets the design requirements in Tables 2360.3-B2a and 2360.3-B2b, a revised Mixture Design Report shall be issued. Each trial mixture design submittal as described in Section 2360.3A may have three JMF adjustments per mixture per project without charge. Additional JMF adjustments requested must be accompanied with a$500 fee per each additional JMF adjustment,payable to the Commissioner of Transportation. The adjusted JMF shall be within the mixture specification gradation design broadbands shown in Section 2360.2E. Should a redesign of the mixture become necessary,a new JMF shall be submitted. The JMF Page 24 of 50 111111 1 2360 Specification February 1,2010 asphalt content may only be reduced if at least the last four Adjusted AFT production tests(calculations)average 8.5 I microns or more,and have minimum Individual Adjusted AFT's of at least 7.5 microns. Adjustments will be made as a result of an interactive process between the Contractor,Engineer, and District Materials Engineer. Consecutive requests for JMF adjustments,without production data,are not Iallowed. The calculation of the moving average shall continue after the JMF has been approved. Jla JMF Request for Adjustment for Proportion Change>10% I If a JMF adjustment is requested for a proportion change exceeding 10%(from the currently produced mixture)for a single stockpile aggregate,supporting production test data from a minimum of four tests run at an accelerated testing rate of 1 test per 500 tons[450 metric tons]must be included with the request for I adjustment. In addition to the requirements listed above,acceptable verification and approval of the requested JMF will be based on individual and moving average test results. Individual test results must be within twice the requested JMF limits for percent asphalt binder,production air voids,and Adjusted AFT. Individual gradations must be within the Broad Bands. The moving average values must be within the control limits of Table 2360.4-H. IThe calculation of the moving average shall continue after the change in proportions. If the mixture meets the specified quality indicators,the request for JMF adjustment will be signed I by the District Materials Laboratory and considered effective from the point the proportion change was made. Failure to meet the quality indicators will result in reduced payment or removal and replacement with acceptable material. Consecutive requests for JMF adjustments without production data are not allowed. I K Corrective Action--Percent Asphalt Binder Content,Adj.AFT,and Gradation and Production Air Voids When the moving average values trend toward the JMF limits,the Contractor shall take corrective action. The corrective action taken shall be documented on summary sheets and,if applicable,a request for JMF adjustment shall be submitted to the District Materials Engineer for review and approval. All tests shall be part of the project files and shall be included in the moving average calculations. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer Iwhenever the moving average values exceed the JMF limits. L Failing Materials I The determination of price adjustments for failing materials will be based on the criteria outlined in this Section. Material acceptance is based on individual and moving average test results. Isolated test results are used for acceptance of air voids at the start of mixture production. Generally,individual test results which are more than I twice the JMF bands are considered failing. Moving average test results are considered failing when they exceed the JMF limits. The Contractor shall begin new summary sheets annually for winter carry-over projects. If the moving average values exceed the JMF limits,the Contractor shall stop production and make adjustments. The Contractor shall restart production only after notifying the Engineer of the adjustments that have been made. Testing shall resume at the accelerated rates and for the tests listed in Table 2360.4-D for the next 2,000 tons[1800 metric tons]of mixture produced. The calculation of the moving average shall continue after the 111 stop in production. Mixture produced where the moving average of four exceeds the JMF limits shall be considered I unsatisfactory and subject to requirements of Section 2360.4L4,L5,L6,and L7. Individual test failures are discussed in Section 2360.4L1,L2,and L3. When the total production of a mixture type for the entire project requires less than four tests, Iacceptance of material will be consistent with the criteria outlined in Section 2360.4L1 and L3. When the Contractor's testing data fails to meet specified tolerances as listed in Table 2360.4-M, I quality assurance/verification data shall be used in place of the Contractor's data to determine the appropriate payment factor. IPage 25 of 50 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 L Isolated Failures at Mixture Start-Up—Production Air Voids At the start-up of mixture production,before a moving average of four can be established the first three(3)isolated test results for production air voids will be used for acceptance. Isolated production air voids are calculated by using the maximum mixture specific gravity and the corresponding bulk specific gravity from that single test. After four(4)samples have been tested and a moving average of four can be established,acceptance will be based on individual and moving average production air voids. If,at the start of production,any of the first three(3)isolated test results for production air voids exceeds twice the JMF bands from the target listed on the Mixture Design Report,the material is considered unsatisfactory or unacceptable. Reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4-L3 shall apply to all tonnage placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sample point when the isolated test result is back within twice the JMF bands. When the failure occurs at the first test,after the start of production,the tonnage subjected to reduce payment shall be calculated as described above and shall include the tonnage from the start of production. When isolated air voids are less than 1.0%or greater than 7.0%the Engineer will decide whether the mixture is subject to removal and replacement or reduced payment. If the mixture is to be removed and replaced,the Contractor at his expense will perform the work. To better define the area to be removed and replaced the Engineer may require the Contractor to test inplace mixture. This may include testing mixture placed prior to the failing test result. Reduced payment will be 50 percent of the Contract bid price. L2 Blank L3 Individual Failure-Gradation,Percent Asphalt Binder,Production Air Voids,and Adjusted AFT Table 2360.4-L3 Reduced Payment Schedule for Individual Test Results Item Pay Factor(1) Gradation 95% Coarse and Fine Aggregate Crushing 90% Asphalt Binder Content 90% Production Air Voids(individual(2)and isolated(3)) 80% (1) Lowest Pay Factor applies when there are multiple reductions on a single test. (2) Individual air voids are calculated using the moving average maximum specific gravity and the bulk specific gravity from that single test. (3) Isolated air voids are calculated from the maximum specific gravity and the bulk specific gravity from that single test. Isolated void test results are used for acceptance only for the first 3 tests after mixture production start-up. If the individual gradation test exceeds the JMF Broad Bands listed on the Mixture Design Report the material is considered unsatisfactory or unacceptable. Reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4-L3 shall apply to all tonnage represented by the individual test. If the individual test result for adjusted AFT is less than 7.5 microns reduced payment or removal I and replacement as shown in Table 2360.4-L3a shall apply to all tonnage represented by the individual test (calculation). This tonnage includes all material placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sample point when the test result meets specification requirements. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production,the tonnage subjected to reduce payment or removal and replacement shall be calculated as described below and shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. i 1 Page 26 of 50 I I 1 2360 Specification IFebruary 1,2010 Table 2360.4-L3a Reduced Payment Schedule for Individual Test Results -Adjusted AFT I Individual Adjusted AFT(microns) Pay Factor 7.5 or Greater 100% 7.4 to 7.0 90% I 6.9 to 6.1 75% 6.0 or Less R&R(1) (1)Remove and Replace at the Contractor's expense I If the individual tests for percent asphalt binder content or production air voids exceeds twice the JMF bands from the target listed on the Mix Design Report the material is considered unsatisfactory or unacceptable. Reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4-L3 shall apply to all tonnage placed from the sample I point of the failing test until the sample point when the test result is back within twice the JMF limits. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production,tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as described above and shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. When individual air voids are less than 1.0%or greater than 7.0%the Engineer will decide I I1 whether the mixture is subject to removal and replacement or reduced payment. If the mixture is to be removed and replaced,the Contractor at his expense will perform the work. To better define the area to be removed and replaced I This may include testing mixture placed prior to the Engineer may require the Contractor to test inplace mixture. y g the failing test result. Reduced payment will be 50 percent of the Contract bid price. L4 Moving Average Failure at Mixture Start-Up-Production Air Voids IWhen a moving average failure occurs within any of the first 3 moving average results after mixture start-up(tests 4,5,6),the mixture will be considered acceptable if the individual air void,corresponding to I the moving average failure is within the JMF limits. If the individual air void is not within the JMF limit,the mixture will be considered unacceptable and is subject to reduced payment. The Engineer may waive the penalty if the isolated air void corresponding to the individual air void is within the JMF limit. Reduced payment will be 70 percent of the Contract bid price. Tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from I the sample point of the failing moving average result and corresponding individual air void beyond the JMF limit to the sampling point when the individual test result is back within the JMF limit. I L5 Moving Average Failure at Mixture Start-Up—Adjusted AFT The Moving Average(n=4)Adjusted AFT will not be calculated until the sixth test after the beginning of mixture production of that specific mixture. This calculation shall include the Individual results of test I (calculation)#3,4,5 and 6. L6 Moving Average Failure-Production Air Voids I A moving average production air void failure occurs when the individual production air void moving average of four exceeds the JMF limit. This mixture is considered unacceptable and is subject to reduced payment. Reduced payment will be 70 percent of the Contract bid price. Tonnage subjected to reduced payment I shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of all individual test results beyond the JMF limits which contributed to the moving average value that exceeded the JMF limit to the sampling point when the individual test result is back within the JMF limits. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production,tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. I I IPage 27 of 50 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 Table 2360.4-L6 Reduced Payment Schedule for Moving Average Test Results Item Pay Factor(1) Gradation 90% Coarse and Fine Aggregate Crushing NA(individual failures only) Adjusted AFT 80% Asphalt Binder Content 80% Production Air Voids 70% (1) Lowest Pay Factor applies when there are multiple reductions on a single test. L7 Moving Average Failure-Percent Asphalt Binder Content,Gradation,and Adjusted AFT For mixture properties including asphalt binder content,and gradation,where the moving average of four exceeds the JMF limits,the mixture is considered unacceptable and subject to reduced payment. Reduced payment as listed in Table 2360.4-L6 will be applied to the Contract bid price. Tonnage subjected to replacement or reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of all individual test results beyond the JMF limits which contributed to the moving average value that exceeded the JMF limit,to the sampling point when the individual test result is back within the JMF limits. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production,tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. The Moving Average(n=4)Adjusted AFT will not be calculated until the sixth test after the beginning of mixture production of that specific mixture. This calculation shall include the Individual results of test (calculation)#3,4,5 and 6. If the Moving Average(n=4)of the Adjusted AFT is less than 8.0 microns,the mixture is considered unsatisfactory,and will be accepted at a reduced payment. Reduced payment will be 80 percent of the Contract bid price. Tonnage subjected to replacement or reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of all Individual Adjusted AFT results less than 8.0 microns,which contributed to the Moving Average value that was less than 8.0 microns,to the sample point when the Individual Adjusted AFT is 8.0 microns or greater.When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production,the tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as described above and shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. L8 Coarse and Fine Aggregate Crushing Failure If any test result for Coarse Aggregate Angularity or Fine Aggregate Angularity crushing fail to meet minimum requirements in Table 2360.3-B2a,all material placed is subject to reduced payment as outlined in Table 2360.4-L3. Tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall be calculated as the tons placed from the sample point of the failing test until the sampling point when the test result is back within specifications. When the failure occurs at the first test after the start of daily production,tonnage subjected to reduced payment shall include the tonnage from the start of production that day. M Quality Assurance The Engineer will periodically witness the sampling and testing being performed by the Contractor. If the Engineer observes that the sampling and quality control tests are not being performed in accordance with the applicable test procedures,the Engineer may stop production until corrective action is taken. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of observed deficiencies promptly,both verbally and in writing. The Engineer may obtain additional samples,at any time,to determine quality levels. These additional samples or verification samples are described in Section 2360.4N. For mixture,the Contractor shall test their portion immediately. All testing and data analysis shall be performed by the Certified Level I Bituminous Quality P Q tY Management(QM)Technician. Certification shall be in accordance with the Mn/DOT Technical Certification Program. The Department shall post a chart giving the names and telephone numbers for the personnel responsible for the Quality assurance program. Page 28 of 50 I 2360 Specification IFebruary 1,2010 The Engineer shall calibrate and correlate all laboratory testing equipment in accordance with the Ilatest versions of the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual and Laboratory Manual. Table 2360.4-M I Allowable Differences(Tolerances)Between Contractor and Mn/DOT Test Results* Item Allowable Difference Mixture Bulk Specific Gravity(Gmb) 0.030 I Mixture Maximum Specific Gravity(Gmm) 0.019 Adjusted AFT(Calculated) 1.2 Fine Aggregate Angularity,uncompacted voids(U)% 1 Coarse Aggregate Angularity,%fractured faces(%P) 15 I Aggregate Individual Bulk Specific Gravity(+#4[+4.75mm]) 0.040 Aggregate Individual Bulk Specific Gravity(-#4 [-4.75mm]) 0.040 Aggregate combined blend Specific Gravity(GSb) 0.020 I Tensile Strength Ratio(TSR)% See Table 2360.3 B2b Asphalt Binder Content Meter Method,% 0.2 I Spot Check Method,% 0.2 Chemical Extraction Methods,% 0.4 Incinerator Oven,% 0.3 Chemical vs.Meter,Spot Check,or Incinerator methods 0.4 I Incinerator Oven vs. Spot Check 0.4 Gradation Sieve%passing 1 inch,3A inch, '/2 inch,3/8 inch[25.0, 19.0, 12.5,9.5 mm] 6 I #4[4.75 mm] 5 #8,#16,#30, [2.36, 1.18,0.60 mm] 4 #50 [0.30 mm] 3 I #100 [0.15mm] 2 #200[0.075 mm] 1.2 *Test tolerances listed are for single test comparisons. IN Verification Testing A verification sample is a sample,which is sampled and tested by Mn/DOT to assure compliance I of the Contractor's Quality Control program. A verification companion is a companion sample,to Mn/DOT's verification sample,provided to the Contractor. The Contractor is required to test and use this verification companion sample as part of the QC program. The verification companion sample will replace the next scheduled QC sample. It is recommended enough material be sampled to accommodate retesting should the samples fail to Imeet requirements as described below. Verification testing shall be performed on at least one set of production tests Section 2360.4E, I excluding sections E9,E10,Ell,and E12,on a daily basis per mix type. The verification companion sample will be used to verify the requirements of Tables 2360.2-E,2360.3-B2a,2360.3-B2b,and 2360.3-B2c and will be compared to the Verification sample for compliance with allowable tolerances as specified in Table 2360.4-M. These include the mixture properties of G.(mixture max gravity),Gmb(mixture bulk gravity),asphalt binder content,Adjusted I AFT(calculated),Coarse and Fine Aggregate crushing,and gradation. For Coarse and Fine Aggregate crushing that meets the requirements of Section 2360.4E7 and 2360.4E8 the one test per week shall be performed on a verification companion. These do not include the aggregate bulk specific gravity Gsb,fines to effective asphalt,or the tensile I strength ratio(TSR). Asphalt binder content and gradation must be determined by either extraction method 2360.4Elb or 2360.4E1c. The Department's verification test results will be available to the Contractor within 2 working days Ifrom the time the sample is delivered to the District Laboratory for Gmm mixture max gravity,Gmb mixture bulk IPage 29 of 50 2360 Specification ' February 1,2010 gravity,air voids(calculated),asphalt binder content,Adj.AFT(calculated). Gradation and crushing results will be provided to the Contractor within 3 Mn/DOT working days. Once the verification test results are available,they will be included on the test summary sheet. These results and those from the Contractor's verification companion will be compared for allowable tolerances as specified in Table 2360.4-M. If the tolerances are met,the verification process is complete. If the tolerances between Department and Contractor are not met,retests of the material shall be conducted by the Department. If the retests fail to meet tolerances,the Department's verification test results will be substituted for the Contractor's results in the QC program and used for acceptance. Only those parameters out of tolerance will be substituted and,if applicable,volumetric properties will be recalculated(1). If the Adjusted AFT calculation is out of tolerance,the Mn/DOT Adjusted AFT calculation(based on Mn/DOT test results)will be Equalized and used for the Individual Adjusted AFT result,and calculation of Moving Average Adjusted AFT results. Equalization of the Mn/DOT Adjusted AFT result consists of increasing the original Mn/DOT value by 0.5 microns.This increased value will then be used for acceptance. When tolerances from the verification sample retests are not met,an investigation will begin immediately to determine the cause of the difference. Testing equipment,procedures,worksheets,gyratory specimen height sheets,and personnel will be reviewed to determine the source of the problem. The District Materials Engineer may also require at least one hot-cold comparison of mixture properties be performed. The procedure for hot-cold comparisons is as follows: 1 The hot-cold comparison sample will be split into three representative portions. The Engineer will observe the Contractor testing the sample. One part shall be compacted immediately while still hot(additional heating maybe required to raise the temperature of the sample to compaction temperature). The second and third part will be allowed to cool to air temperature. The Contractor will retain the second part and the third part will be transported to the District Materials Laboratory. On the same day and at approximately the same time the Contractor and the District Materials Laboratory will heat their samples to compaction temperature and compact them. From this information a calibration factor will be developed to compare the specific gravity of the hot compacted samples to reheated compacted samples. Each test will involve a minimum of two gyratory specimens. The Materials Engineer or the Contractor may require additional test comparisons. Note: Care must be taken when reheating samples for mixture properties analysis tests. Mix samples should be reheated to 160°F [70°C]to allow splitting of the sample into representative fractions for the various tests. Overheating of the mixture portions to be tested for maximum specific gravity(Rice Test)may result in additional asphalt being absorbed in the aggregate. The Department will test the previously collected QA samples until they meet the tolerances or the remaining samples are all tested. Once these samples are tested,the department will test QA samples subsequent to the verification sample until tolerances are met. Acceptance will be based on QC data with substitution of Department test results for those parameters out of tolerance(1). If reestablishment of test result tolerances is not achieved within 48 hours,the Contractor shall cease mixture production and placement until the problem is resolved. (1) If,through analysis of data,it is determined there is a bias in the test results,the Engineer will determine which results are appropriate and shall govern. Methods to analyze data for determination of bias are on file in the Bituminous Office. 2360.5 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A General I The following construction requirements provide for the construction of all courses. When construction is under traffic,the requirements of Mn/DOT 2221.3D will apply. Page 30 of 50 1 I 2360 Specification February 1,2010 B Restrictions In general,no work within the roadway will be permitted in the spring until seasonal load restrictions on roads in the vicinity have been removed. However,work within the roadbed may be permitted before that time if,in the opinion of the Engineer,it can be done without damage to the subgrade. HMA shall not be placed when,in the opinion of the Engineer,the weather or roadbed conditions are unfavorable. No asphalt pavement wearing course(final wearing course if multiple wearing courses)shall be placed after October 15th in that part of the state north of an east-west line between Browns Valley and Holyoke, nor after November 1st south of that line. The Engineer may waive these restrictions when: (1) The asphalt mixture is not being placed on the traveled portion of the roadway,or (2) The roadway involved will not be open to traffic during the following winter,or 1 (3) The Engineer directs in writing the mixture be placed. The Contractor shall not use petroleum distillates such as kerosene and fuel oil to prevent adhesion of asphalt mixtures in pavement hoppers,truck beds,or on the contact surfaces of the compaction equipment. Anti-adhesive agent must meet the criteria for"Effect on Asphalt"as described in the most recent Asphalt Release Agent Report on file in Mn/DOT's Office of Environmental Services and the Bituminous Office. C Equipment Cl Asphalt Mixing Plants Cla Requirement for All Plants The Contractor shall test and calibrate all scales according to Mn/DOT 1901,except as otherwise designated by the Contract. Cla(1) Equipment for the Preparation of the Aggregate Add mineral filler to the mixture using a storage silo equipped with a device to ensure a constant and uniform feed. Cla(2) Equipment for the Preparation of Asphalt Material Tanks for storage of asphalt material at the plant shall be equipped to heat the material and maintain the material at the required temperatures. The discharge end of the circulating line shall be below the surface of the asphalt material. Provide agitation for modified asphalt,when used,if recommended by the supplier. An outage table or chart and measuring stick shall be provided for each storage or working tank. Tanks shall be equipped with provisions for taking of asphalt binder material samples. After delivery of asphalt binder material to the Project,the Contractor shall not heat the material above 350°F [175°C]. For modified asphalt, the maximum storage temperature shall not exceed the recommendation of the asphalt supplier. Cla(3) Asphalt Binder Control When asphalt binder material is proportioned by volume,the plant shall be equipped with either a 1 working tank or a metering system for determining asphalt binder content of the mixture. The working tank shall have a capacity between 1,000 gallons [3 800 L]and 2,000 gallons [7 600 L]. The working tank shall be calibrated and supplied with a calibrated measuring stick. The tank may be Page 31 of 50 2360 Specification 1 February 1,2010 connected to a mixing unit and used only during spot check operations,but it shall be available at all times. Any I feedback shall be returned to the working tank during spot check operations. The metering system shall consist of at least one approved asphalt binder flow meter in addition to the asphalt binder pump. The flow meter shall be connected to the asphalt binder supply to measure and display only the asphalt binder being fed to the mixer unit. The meter readout shall be positioned for convenient observation. Means shall be provided for comparing the flow meter readout with the calculated output of the asphalt binder pump. In addition,the system shall display in gallons[liters] or to the nearest 0.001 tons[0.001 metric tons], the accumulated asphalt binder quantity being delivered to the mixer unit. The system shall be calibrated and adjusted to maintain an accuracy of+one percent error. This calibration shall be required for each plant set-up prior to production of mixture. Cla(4) Dryer: The aggregate shall be free of unburned fuel. Cla(5) Thermometric Equipment: 1 The plant shall be equipped with a sufficient number of thermometric instruments to ensure temperature control of the aggregate and the asphalt binder material. II Cla(6) Pollution Controls Cla(6)(a) Pollution 1717 I Cla(7) Surge and Storage Bins The plant may include facilities to store hot asphalt mixture for coordinating the rate of production with the paving operations. Storage of the hot mixture will be permitted for a period not to exceed 18 hours, provided the following requirements are met: (a) Hot mix storage facilities shall be designed and operated to prevent segregation of the mix, drainage of the asphalt from the mix,and to prevent excessive cooling or overheating of the mixture. I (b) The temperature of the mixture at time of discharge from the storage facility shall be within a tolerance of 9°F [5°C]of the temperature when discharged from the silo or mixer. C2 Placement and Hauling Equipment All equipment shall be serviced away from the paving site to prevent contamination of the mixture. Units that drip fuel,oil,or grease shall be removed from the paved surface until such leakage is corrected. C2a Asphalt Pavers Asphalt pavers shall be self-contained,power-propelled units,with an operational vibratory screed,capable of spreading and finishing courses of asphalt plant mix material in widths applicable to the specified typical sections and thicknesses,indicated in the Contract. The screed or strike-off assembly shall produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing,shoving,or gouging. For mainline paving,if the paving width is greater than the basic I screed,auger and mainframe extensions,which meet manufacture's recommendations for the paving width,are required unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Strike-off only extension assemblies are not allowed for mainline wearing course paving,unless directed by the Engineer. All pavers shall be equipped with an approved automatic screed control. The automatic controls shall include a system of sensor-operated devices,which follow reference lines,or surfaces on one or both sides of the paver as required. The speed of the paver shall be adjusted to produce the best results. 1 Page 32 of 50 1 1 2360 Specification 1 February 1,2010 Automatic screed control by means of an erected string line shall only be required when stated in the Contract. All mixtures shall be spread without segregation to the cross sections shown in the plans. In general,leveling layers shall be spread by the method producing the best results as approved by the Engineer. The objective is to secure a smooth base of uniform grade and cross section so that subsequent courses will be uniform in thickness. The leveling layer may be spread with a properly equipped paver or,when approved by the Engineer,a ' motor grader equipped with a leveling device or with other means for controlling the surface elevation of the leveling layer. All mixtures shall be spread,to the fullest extent practicable,by an asphalt paver. When approved ' by the Engineer,mixtures may be spread by a motor grader in areas that are inaccessible to a paver such as on driveway entrances,irregular areas,short isolated areas or when the quantity of mixture makes it impractical to place with a paver. 1 On shoulder surfacing and uniform width widening,when the placement width is too narrow for a paver,the mixture in each course shall be spread with an approved mechanical device. The placement of each course shall be completed over the full width of the section under construction on each day's run unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. C2b Trucks Trucks for hauling asphalt mixtures shall have tight,clean,and smooth beds. Mixture shall not be allowed to adhere to the truck beds. Adherence may be prevented by spraying the truck bed with an anti-adhesive agent in accordance with Section 2360.5B. Each truck shall be equipped with a cover of canvas or other suitable material to protect the mixture from weather. The cover shall extend at least 1 foot[300 mm] over the sides and be attached to tie-downs unless the truck is furnished with a mechanical or automated covering system,which prevents airflow underneath by stretching the cover tightly on the top of or inside the sideboards. The cover shall be used when directed by the Engineer. C2c Motor Graders Motor graders shall be self-propelled and have pneumatic tires with a tread depth of 1/2 inch [13 mm]or less. They shall be equipped with a blade not less than 10 feet[3 m] in length and shall have a wheelbase of not less than 15 feet[4.5 m]. C2d Distributor ' Use a distributor designed,equipped,calibrated,maintained,and operated to uniformly apply material on surfaces with varying widths and up to 15 feet[4.6 m]wide.Provide a distributor capable of maintaining a uniform distributing pressure and controlling the application rates up to 2.0 gallons[9.0L]per square yard[square meter]within a tolerance of 0.02 gallon per square yard[0.09 L/m2]. Provide a distributor equipped with a ' tachometer,pressure gauges,accurate volume-measuring devices or a calibrated tank,a thermometer for measuring temperatures of tank contents,a power-operated pump,and full circulation spray bars with lateral and vertical adjustments. ' D Treatment of the Surface Dl Tack Coat An asphalt tack coat shall be applied to existing asphalt and concrete surfaces,and to the surface of each course or lift constructed,except for the final course or lift,according to Mn/DOT 2357. Emulsified asphalt tack coats shall be allowed to break,as indicated by a color change from brown to black,before a subsequent lift is placed. Page 33 of 50 2360 Specification 1 February 1,2010 The contact surfaces of all fixed structures and the edge of the in-place mixture in all courses at transverse joints and longitudinal joints shall be given a uniform but not excessive coating of liquid asphalt or emulsified asphalt before placing the adjoining mixture. E Compaction Operations After being spread,each course shall be compacted to the required density. The rollers shall,as practicable,be operated continuously so all areas are thoroughly compacted to the required density. When not operating,the rollers shall not stand on the uncompacted mixture or newly rolled pavement having a surface temperature exceeding 140°F [60°C]. Rolling with steel-wheeled rollers shall be discontinued if it produces excessive crushing or pulverizing of the aggregate or displacement of the mixture. To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the steel roller wheels,the contact surfaces of the wheels shall be kept properly moistened using water or a water solution containing small quantities of a detergent or other approved material. To secure a true surface,variations such as depressions or high areas,which may develop during , rolling operations,and lean,fat or segregated areas shall be corrected by removing and replacing the material in the defective area. All such corrections shall be accomplished as directed by the Engineer at no expense to the Department. , When mixtures are spread by a motor grader,pneumatic tired rollers shall compact the mixture simultaneously with the spreading operation. F Construction Joints Joints shall be thoroughly compacted to produce a neat,tightly bonded joint that meets surface tolerances. Both transverse and longitudinal joints are subject to density requirements as outlined in Section 2360.6 Pavement Density. Fl Transverse Joints A transverse joint(full paver width at right angles to the centerline)shall be constructed when mixture placement operations are suspended. The forward end of the freshly laid strip shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling before the mixture has cooled. When work is resumed,the end shall be cut vertically for the full depth of the layer unless a formed edge is constructed as approved by the Engineer. F2 Longitudinal Joints I Longitudinal joints between strips shall be parallel to the centerline. In multiple lift construction, the longitudinal joints between strips in each lift shall be constructed not less than 6 inches [150 mm]measured transversely from the longitudinal joints in the previously placed lift. When the wearing course is constructed in an even number of strips,one longitudinal joint shall be on the centerline of the road. When it is constructed in an odd number of strips,the centerline of one strip shall be on the centerline of the road,provided that no joint is located in the wheel path area of a traffic lane. Longitudinal joints in multiple lift construction over Portland cement concrete pavements may be aligned directly over the concrete pavement longitudinal joints at the discretion of the Engineer. At longitudinal joints formed by placing multiple strips,the adjoining surface being laid shall, after final compacting,be slightly higher(but not to exceed 1/8 inch[3 mm])than the previously placed strip. When constructing a strip adjoining a previously placed strip or a concrete pavement,any fresh mixture that overlaps a previously placed strip or pavement shall be removed(to the longitudinal joint line)before any rolling is done. 1 Page 34 of 50 1 I 2360 Specification IFebruary 1,2010 G Asphalt Mixture Production(FOB Department Trucks) IFor asphalt mixture production,the Contractor shall,in addition to the asphalt mixture required on the Project,produce and deliver asphalt mixture to the Department. The mixture shall be the mixture being produced and shall be loaded on Department furnished trucks at the mixing plant at a time agreed on by the I Engineer and Contractor. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of the total quantity of mixture desired not less than 2 weeks prior to completion of the wearing course construction. The Engineer will not accept the asphalt mixture if it is inappropriate for the Department's intended use. IH Small Quantity HMA Paving I Unless otherwise indicated in the Special Provisions,the following provision for a small quantity of asphalt mixture shall apply. A Mixture Design Report is not required for planned project quantities less than 9,000 square yard I inches(4,500 square yards per 2 inch thickness,etc) [191,200 m2 mm] or 500 tons[450 metric tons]. However,the Contractor shall verify in writing the asphalt mixture delivered to the project meets the requirements of Table 2360.3-B2a and Table 2360.3B2b. The Department will obtain samples,as determined by the Engineer,to verify mixture requirements. These results will be used for material acceptance. Acceptance of material will be in Iaccordance with the criteria outlined in Section 2360.4L1,L2,L3,and L8. 2360.6 PAVEMENT DENSITY IA General All pavements will be compacted in accordance with the Maximum Density Method unless I otherwise specified in the Contract special provisions or as noted in Section 2360.6C. Density evaluation will be for both compacted mat density and compacted longitudinal joint density on those projects utilizing gyratory design. B Maximum Density Method IAll courses or layers of plant mixed asphalt mixtures for which the Maximum Density Method is used shall be compacted to a density not less than the percentage shown in the Table of Required Density,Tables I 2360.6-B2 and 2360.6-B2 LJ,for the applicable mixture and course and longitudinal joint type(i.e. confined or unconfined). Longitudinal joint density will not be evaluated on those lifts,which have a 1%reduced density requirement. If the Contractor elects to waive the 1%reduced density requirement as per 2360.6B4,then the Longitudinal Joint Density will be a requirement. IB1 Maximum Density Determination I The Density requirements listed in Table 2360.6B2 are percent of maximum specific gravity (Gmm)based on the individual lot. The Maximum specific gravity value used to calculate the percentage density for the lot shall be the average value obtained from the maximum gravity results from production tests taken during that I days paving. If only one or two maximum specific gravity values were obtained that day,then the moving average value(at that test point)shall be used. If three or more maximum specific gravity values are obtained that day,then the average of those tests alone shall be used as indicated above. IBla Pavement Density Determination The density of each lot shall be expressed as a percentage of the maximum specific gravity (%Gmm)obtained by dividing the average bulk specific gravity for the lot by the maximum specific gravity I multiplied by 100,(maximum specific gravity basis is the average Gmm of QC tests done on the day that the individual lot was paved as described above). Determination of the bulk specific gravity of the cores shall be in accordance with AASHTO T-166,Mn/DOT modified. For coarse graded mixtures the Engineer may require I determination of bulk specific gravity of the cores be in accordance with ASTM D6752 Mn/DOT modified (Corelok). Both the Contractor and Mn/DOT shall use the same test method to determine bulk specific gravity. The IPage 35 of 50 2360 Specification 1 February 1,2010 determination of coarse and fine graded mixtures will be based on the percentage of material passing the#8 I sieve 12.365 mm] as defined in Table 2360.3-B2c. I Compaction operations shall be completed within 8 hours of mixture placement and before core samples are obtained for density determination. Only pneumatic tired or static steel rollers are permitted for any compactive effort performed between 6 and 8 hours after mixture placement. I Compacted mixtures represented by samples or tests having deficient densities shall not be re- rolled. The Contractor shall not operate below the specified minimum density on a continuing basis. A continual basis shall be defined as all lots in a day's production failing to meet minimum density or more than 50%of lots on multiple days which fail to meet minimum density requirements. Production shall be stopped until the source of the III problem is determined and corrective action is taken to bring the work into compliance with specified minimum required density. B2 Required Density Minimum density requirements for gyratory(SP)designed mixtures are listed in Table 2360.6-B2. 1 Minimum density requirements for longitudinal joint are listed in Table 2360.6-B2 LJ. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or Special Provisions,shoulders wider than 6 feet[1.8 meters]paved shall be compacted by the Maximum Density Method. When shoulders are required to be compacted I by the Maximum Density Method and are paved in a separate operation or have a different required minimum density than the driving lane,the lot tonnage placed on the shoulder shall be delineated in separate lots from the driving lanes for the day paving was conducted. I Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or Special Provisions a narrow shoulder,6 feet[1.8 meters]or less wide,that is paved in the same pass as a driving lane or that is paved separately will be compacted by the Ordinary Compaction Method. Mixture compacted under Ordinary Compaction is excluded from lot density I requirements and that tonnage is also excluded from incentive/disincentive payment. If the Plans or Special Provisions indicate a narrow shoulder is to be compacted by the Maximum I Density Method,the minimum required density is listed in Table 2360.6-B2. If the minimum required density of the shoulder is different than the driving lane,the tonnage placed on the shoulder shall be delineated in separate lots from the driving lane. III Echelon paving(two pavers running next to each other in adjacent lanes)shall be considered separate operations. Table 2360.6-B2 I Required M_ inimum Lot Density(Mat) SP Wear Mixtures(1)(2) SP Nonwear X1)(2) SP Shoulders(1)(2) Designed at Designed at , 3%voids 4%voids %Gmm 92.0 93.0 93.0 92.0 1) Minimum reduced by one percent on the first lift constructed over PCC pavements. I 2) Minimum reduced by one percent for the first lift constructed on aggregate base(mainline and shoulder),reclaimed or cold inplace recycled base courses and first lift of an overlay on a roadway with a 7 ton[6.35 metric ton]or less spring load restriction(roadway includes shoulders). I I I Page 36 of 50 I I 2360 Specification February 1,2010 Table 2360.6-B2LJ ' Longitudinal Joint Density Requirement Percent Density Location Confined Edge*of Unconfined Edge*of Mat Mat Long.Joint--Wear&Shoulder(4%air voids) 89.0 86.5 Long.Joint--Non-Wear&Shoulder(3%air voids) 90.0 87.5 Note: *Confined shall be defined as the edge(s)of the placed mat abutting another mat,pavement surface,or curb and gutter. Unconfined or unsupported means there is no abutment of the side of the mat being placed with another mat,pavement surface,etc. B2a Lots&Core Locations Table 2360.6-B2a Lot Determination Daily Production English(Ton) [Metric(ton)] Lots 300*—600 [270*—545] 1 ' 601 — 1,000 [546—910] 2 1,001 — 1,600 [911 — 1,455] 3 1,601 —3,600 [1,456—3,275] 4 3,601 —5,000 [3,276—4,545] 5 5,001 + [4,546+] 6 *When mix production is less than 300 tons[270 metric tons],establish 1st lot when accumulative tonnage ' exceeds 300 tons[270 metric tons]. Compacted Mat Density Divide the days production into equal lots as shown in Table 2360.6-B2a. The Engineer may require additional density lots be established to isolate areas affected by equipment malfunction/breakdown,heavy rain,or other factors that may affect the normal compaction operations. Obtain four cores in each lot. Two cores will be taken from random locations selected by the Engineer. The third and fourth cores(the companion cores) shall be taken within 1 foot[0.3 meters] longitudinally from the first two cores. All companion cores shall be given to the Department Street Inspector immediately upon completion of coring and sawing. The random locations will ' be determined by the Engineer using statistically derived stratified random number tables or other approved methods of random number generation. These will also be used for partial lots. If the random core location falls on a longitudinal joint cut the core with the outer edge of the core barrel 1 foot[0.3 meters] away(laterally)from the edge of the top of the mat(joint). Cores for compacted mat density will not be taken within 1 foot[300 mm] of any longitudinal joint. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of traffic,coring,patching the core holes, and sawing the cores if necessary to the proper thickness prior to density testing. Longitudinal Joint Density Longitudinal joint density will be evaluated at random lots,as determined by the Engineer near the end of the days paving operation,for 20%of the lots established for compacted mat density(Table 2360.6-B2a). ' Determine the number of lots for longitudinal joint density by multiplying the number of lots calculated for mat density by 0.20 and rounding up to the next higher whole number. There is a minimum requirement of 1 lot per day for longitudinal joint density evaluation. ' Within lots designated as Longitudinal Joint Density lots,the Contractor will take the 4 cores per lot requirement for mat density,plus the Contractor shall take an additional 4 cores for longitudinal joint density. Cores for longitudinal joint density shall be taken at one of the locations(station)where cores are taken for"mat density". This determination will be made at random. A total of 6 cores will be at this location(station).Cores for Page 37 of 50 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 longitudinal joint density will be taken on both sides of the lane being paved.These"edge cores" shall be cut with g J ty the outer edge of the core barrel within 6 inches(150 mm)from the edge of the top of the mat for both confined and unsupported edges. Companion cores shall be taken within 1 foot[0.3 meters] longitudinally from each"edge core". The 2 cores for"mat density"(regular and companion core)shall be taken either 2 feet right or 2 feet left of the center of the lane being paved,regardless of random number generation. When the shoulder and driving lane are pulled in the same paving pass there is no longitudinal joint between the driving lane and shoulder.In these cases where there is no longitudinal joint do not cut a core on the imaginary line where there would have been a joint. The decision as to where to take the edge core or whether an edge core is taken is based on the shoulder density requirement. If the shoulder is to be compacted by the Ordinary Compaction Method there will only be 2 coring locations:the centerline longitudinal edge cores(6"from the joint)and the mat density cores(2'right or left of the center of the driving lane). In the density incentive/disincentive spreadsheet select"No Core"for what would have been the core next to the shoulder. This will assign a pay factor of 1.00 to this location. The centerline longitudinal joint core,taken 6"from the joint,is either confined or unconfined. If the shoulder is compacted by the Maximum Density Method there will be 3 coring locations: the centerline longitudinal edge cores(6"from the joint),the mat density cores(2'right or left of the center of the driving lane),and the edge of the shoulder(6"from the outside edge). Again,no core is cut on the imaginary line at the edge of the shoulder adjacent to the driving lane but that coring location is moved all the way to the edge of the shoulder(6" inside the edge).The centerline longitudinal joint core and edge cores are taken 6" from the joint and will be either confined or unconfined. B3 Core Testing I Cores will be taken and tested by the Contractor. Core locations will be determined and marked by the Engineer. The Contractor shall schedule the approximate time of testing during normal Project work hours so that the Engineer may observe and record the saturated surface dry and immersed weight of the cores. Density determination will be made by the end of the next working day after placement and compaction. If multiple layers are placed in a single day,cores shall be sawn and separated for each layer,tested and reported by the end of the next working day. The Contractor will cut pavement samples from the completed work with power equipment,and restore the surface by the end of the next working day with new,well compacted mixture without additional compensation. Failure to restore the surface within 24 hours of coring shall subject the Contractor to a fine of$100 per working day,per lot,until the core holes are restored. Cores shall be cut using a 4 inch[100 mm]minimum outer diameter coring device. All samples shall be marked with the lot number and core number or letter. The cores shall be transported to the laboratory as soon as possible to prevent damage due to improper handling or exposure to heat. These companion cores may be tested by the Inspector on Department scales or transported to the Department's Field Laboratory or District Materials Laboratory. Measure each core three times for thickness prior to saw cutting;report the average lift thickness on the core sheet. These average thicknesses will contribute to thickness compliance as described in Section 2360.7A Companion Core Testing The Department will select at least one of the two companion cores per lot to be tested. However, , the Department may elect to test all companions to provide a direct verification of all individual and daily average test results. For lots designated as Longitudinal Joint Density lots,the Agency will test at least one of the Mat Density companion cores and at least one of the Longitudinal Joint Density companion cores. Verification of the Contractor and Agency core bulk specific gravities will involve two comparisons. The first comparison will compare core bulk specific gravities of the Contractor's individual cores and Page 38 of 50 I I 2360 Specification IFebruary 1,2010 the corresponding Agency companion cores. The second comparison will compare the"days'average"core bulk specific gravities of Contractor and Agency tests. IThe comparison of the individual core bulk specific gravities will have a tolerance of 0.030 between the Contractor's bulk specific gravity and the Agency's bulk specific gravity. If the tolerance is exceeded, Ithe Agency's result will be substituted for the Contractor's result. For the comparison of the Contractor and Agency"days'average"bulk specific gravities use only those tests that meet the 0.030 individual tolerance and compare the average of the Contractor specific gravities with I the average of the Agency specific gravities. The tolerance will be variable depending on how many samples are compared and will be equal to 0.030 divided by the square root of the number of samples compared(0.030/Nin). If this tolerance is exceeded,all the Agency's test results will be substituted for the Contractor's results for that day's Ipaving. The Engineer may allow re-coring of a sample only when the core has been damaged through no I fault of the Contractor,either during the coring process or in transit to the laboratory. The Agency may elect to develop and make available to the Contractor,an Internet data collection tool,to collect and analyze density core bulk specific gravity data. In this case,the Contractor may voluntarily use I this tool to input density core data. In such a case,the Agency would use the data to determine the reliability of the Contractor's density core data. If the analysis finds an acceptable level of reliability,the Agency could authorize a reduction of coring frequency for companion cores to one Agency companion for every two Contractor's cores. B4 Maximum Density Acceptance and Payment Schedule The density of compacted mixture shall be accepted by pavement cores on a lot basis. IThe Contractor's cores will be used for acceptance,after the Agency result substitutions have been made,as stipulated above. Payment factors for mat density and longitudinal joint density are listed in Tables 2360.6-B4,2360.6-B4b LJ,and 2360.6-B4c LT shown below.Incentive and disincentive payments are for both I wearing and non-wearing courses.However, incentive payment for longitudinal joint density will be limited to only those lots in which longitudinal joint density has been evaluated. I When the density requirement has been reduced by one percent,per Table 2360.6-B2,footnote 1 &2,payment adjustments for lot densities will be made as specified in Table 2360.6-B4a. Incentive payments are excluded when the minimum density has been reduced. However,at the Contractors request and with approval of the Engineer,the reduced density requirement may be waived and density evaluated under Table 2360.6-B4, I including incentives,for first lift constructed on aggregate base,reclaimed or cold inplace recycled base courses and first lift of an overlay on a roadway with a 7 ton[6.35 metric ton] or less spring load restriction(reduced density shall not be waived for the first lift constructed on PCC pavements). The request and approval shall be made after I the first days paving and before the third days paving begins. Once the request has been approved,evaluation of density will be in accordance with Table 2360.6-B2(excluding footnote 2)and Table 2360.6-B4,and will remain in effect for the duration of mixture placement on that lift. The Contractor will also be responsible for compliance with any construction requirements on subsequent lifts. I I I I IPage 39 of 50 1. 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 Table 2360.6-B4 I Payment Schedule for Maximum Mat Density %Density(2) %Density(2) SP Wear,and SP Shld(4%Void) SP Non-Wear,SP Shoulders(3%Void) 93.6 and above 94.6 and above 1.04(3) 93.1 -93.5 94.1 -94.5 1.02(3) 92.0-93.0 93.0-94.0 1.00 91.0-91.9 92.0-92.9 0.98 90.5-90.9 91.5 -91.9 0.95 90.0-90.4 91.0-91.4 0.91 89.5 -89.9 90.5 -90.9 0.85 89.0-89.4 90.0-90.4 0.70 Less than 89.0 Less than 90.0 (4) Table 2360.6-B4A(1) 1%Reduced Table I Percent of Max Specific Gravity(2) Percent of Max Specific Gravity(2) Percent SP Wear,and SP Shld(4%Void) SP Non-Wear,and SP Shoulders(3%Void) Payment 91.0 and above 92.0 and above 100 I 90.0-90.9 91.0-91.9 98 89.7-89.9 90.5 -90.9 95 89.4-89.6 90.0-90.4 91 89.2-89.3 89.5-89.9 85 89.0-89.1 89.0-89.4 70 Less than 89.0 (4) Less than 89.0(4) I Table 2360.6-B4a LJ(5) Payment Schedule for Longitudinal Joint Density (SP Wear,and SP Shld(4%Void)) %Density(2) Pay Factor B %Density(2) Pay Factor C Long.Joint(Confined Edge) (Confined Edge) Long.Joint (Unsupported Edge) (Unsupported Edge) 91.6 and above 1.02(3) 89.6 and above 1.02(3) 91.1-91.5 1.01 (3) 89.1-89.5 1.01 (3) 89.0-91.0 1.00 86.5-89.0 1.00 88.0-88.9 0.98 85.5-86.4 0.98 87.5-87.9 0.95 85.0-85.4 0.95 87.0-87.4 0.91 84.5-84.9 0.91 I 86.5-86.9 0.85 84.0-84.4 0.85 Less than 86.5 0.70 Less than 84.0 0.70 I I I I Page 40 of 50 I 2360 Specification 1 February 1,2010 Table 2360.6-B4b LJ(5) Payment Schedule for Longitudinal Joint Density I (SP Non-Wear,and SP Shoulders(3%Void)) Density(2) %Density(2) Long.Joint(Confined Edge)Long. (Confined Edge) Long.Joint (Unsupported Edge) I (Unsupported Edge) 92.6 and above 1.02(3) 90.6 and above 1.02(3) 92.1-92.5 1.01 (3) 90.1-90.5 1.01 (3) I 90.0-92.0 1.00 87.5-90.0 1.00 89.0-89.9 0.98 86.5-87.4 0.98 88.5-88.9 0.95 86.0-86.4 0.95 88.0-88.4 0.91 85.5-85.9 0.91 I 87.5-87.9 0.85 85.0-85.4 0.85 Less than 87.5 0.70 Less than 85.0 0.70 I (1) Minimum reduced by one percent for the first lift constructed on aggregate base(mainline and shoulder),reclaimed or cold inplace recycled base courses and first lift of an overlay on a roadway with a 7 ton[6.35 metric ton] or less spring load restriction(roadway includes shoulders). Minimum reduced by one percent on the first lift constructed on PCC pavements(reduced density I cannot be waived). (2) In calculating the percent of maximum specific gravity,report to the nearest tenth. (3) The payment in this portion of the specification shall apply only if the day's weighted average I individual production air voids are within-0.5 percent of the target air void value.The weighted average air voids shall be based on all the mixture production tests(2360.4e)for the corresponding day and shall be weighted by the tons the corresponding test represents. (4) The HMA material represented by the lot shall be paid at a 70%pay factor,unless a single core I density is less than 87.0%of the maximum specific gravity(Gmm). If a single core density is less than 87.0%of Gmm,the Engineer will decide whether the mixture is subject to removal and replacement or reduced payment. Reduced payment will be 50 percent of the Contract bid price. I If the mixture is to be removed and replaced,the Contractor at his expense will remove and replace with mixture that meets the density requirement. The limits of the area to be removed and replaced will be determined by additional core samples. These additional core samples shall be taken at the same offset from centerline as the original core;unless the original low density core I was taken within 1.5 feet[0.45 m] of an edge of the paver pass. In that case,the additional cores shall be taken 1.5 feet[0.45 m] from the edge of the paver pass. The densities shall be determined at 50 foot[15 m] intervals,both ahead and back of the point of unacceptable core density(less I than 87.0%of Gmm),until a point of acceptable core density(87.0%of Gmm or greater)is found. If the incremental core density testing extends into a previously accepted lot,removal of the unacceptable material will be required;however,the results of these tests shall not be used to recalculate the previously accepted lot density.All costs incurred from additional coring and I testing,resulting from unacceptable core density,will be paid by the Contractor. The unacceptable pavement area is to be computed as the product of the longitudinal limits so determined by the 15 m[50 foot] cores and the full width of the paver pass,laying in the traffic I lane or lanes. Shoulders shall be exempt from this calculation unless density failure occurred in the shoulder area. After the unacceptable material(core density less than 87.0%of Gmm)has been removed and replaced,the density of the replacement material will be determined by the average of two cores. I Payment for the replacement material will be in accordance with Tables 2360.6-B4 or 2360.6-B4, whichever applies. There will be no payment for the material removed. The remainder of the original lot shall have a 70%pay factor. I (5) Incentive payment for longitudinal joint density will be limited to only those lots in which longitudinal joint density has been evaluated. I IPage 41 of 50 2360 Specification 1 February 1,2010 Pay Factor Determination The total pay factor will be determined by selecting one of the following three cases based on longitudinal joint construction i.e.,whether the edges of the mat(right and left)are confined or unsupported. Confined shall be defined as the edge(s)of the placed mat abutting another mat,pavement surface,or curb and gutter. Unsupported means there is no abutment of the side of the mat being placed with another mat,pavement surface,etc. Case 1) Total Pay Factor=(Pay Factor A)X(Pay Factor B)X(Pay Factor C) Case 2) Total Pay Factor=(Pay Factor A)X(Pay Factor B)X(Pay Factor B) Case 3) Total Pay Factor=(Pay Factor A)X(Pay Factor C)X(Pay Factor C) Where: Pay Factor A is for mat density Pay Factor B is confined edge density,and Pay Factor C is for unsupported edge density Note: Use a pay factor of 1.00 for Pay factor B and/or Pay factor C in lots where no cores are taken at the longitudinal joint. C Ordinary Compaction Method Ordinary compaction shall be used for layers identified in the typical sections with a minimum planned thickness of less than 1 1/2 inches[40 mm],thin lift leveling,wedging layers,patching layers,driveways, areas which cannot be compacted with standard highway construction equipment. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or Special Provisions recreational trails shall also be compacted by ordinary compaction. The ordinary compaction method shall not be used on mainline,ramp,or loop paving,unless otherwise designated in the plans or special provisions. When density is evaluated by the ordinary compaction method a control strip shall be used to establish a rolling pattern. This shall be used by the Contractor for the compaction of the asphalt mixture for the layer on which the control strip is constructed,or until a new control strip is constructed. The control strip requirement may be waived,by the Engineer,in small localized areas or other areas not conducive to its establishment. A control strip shall be constructed at the beginning of the work on each lift of each course. Each control strip shall have an area of at least 395 square yards[330 m2]and shall be of the same thickness as the lift it represents. The subgrade or pavement course upon which a control strip is to be constructed shall have the prior approval of the Engineer. The control strips shall remain in place and become part of the completed work. The materials used in the construction of the control strips shall conform to the specified requirements for the course. The materials used in the control strip shall be from the same source and of the same type as the materials used in the remainder of the course that the control strip represents. The equipment used in the construction of the control strips shall be approved by the Engineer and shall be the same type and mass used on the remainder of the pavement course represented by the control strip. A minimum of two rollers shall be required. A rolling pattern shall be established for each roller. A pneumatic tired roller shall be available for compaction operations within 24 hours after request by the Engineer. The final rolling shall be performed with a tandem steel-wheeled roller. Areas that are inaccessible to the conventional type rolling equipment shall be compacted to the required density by using trench rollers or mechanical tampers. Construction of the control strips will be as directed by the Engineer. Compaction shall commence as soon as possible after the mixture has been spread to the desired thickness and shall continue until no appreciable increase in density can be obtained by additional roller's coverage. Densities will be determined by means of a portable nuclear testing device or suitable approved alternate and a growth curve shall be developed to determine the optimum rolling pattern. The Contractor shall furnish documentation of the growth curve to the Engineer. Page 42 of 50 1 I 2360 Specification February 1,2010 To determine when no appreciable increase in density can be obtained,two test points shall be established in the control strip on a random basis and the density at each point shall be measured by a portable nuclear device or suitable approved alternate after each roller pass. Rolling shall be suspended when testing shows either a decline of more than 2%of the maximum specific gravity or when additional roller passes fail to increase the density. After said testing is accomplished,rolling on the remainder of that course shall be done in accordance with the pattern developed in the test strip for that roller. A separate rolling pattern and time interval shall be established for each roller. A new control strip shall be ordered by the Engineer when: (a) A change in the JMF is made,or (b) A change in the source of material is made or a change in the material from the same source is observed. A new control strip may be ordered by the Engineer or requested by the Contractor when: (a) Ten days of production have been accepted without construction of a new control strip,or (b) There are other reasons to believe that a control strip density is not representative of the HMA mixture being placed. The nuclear testing device shall be furnished and operated by the Contractor. The furnishing of the testing device and the operator will be considered incidental to the furnishing and placement of the HMA mixture and shall not be compensated for separately. The device shall be calibrated according to procedures described in the Mn/DOT Bituminous Manual. Each course shall be uniformly compacted until there is no further evidence of consolidation and all roller marks are eliminated. When this method is employed,and the quantity of mixture placed by the paver exceeds 110 tons [100 metric tons]per hour,at least two rollers are required for compacting the mixture placed by each paver. Cl Rollers The following requirements for rollers apply only when compaction is obtained by the ordinary compaction method. C2 Steel-Wheeled Rollers Steel-wheeled rollers shall be self-propelled and has a minimum total mass of 8 tons [7.3 metric C tons],or as otherwise specified in the Contract. When vibratory rollers are used,they shall produce 3,085 lbf per foot[45 kN per meter]of width. The frequency should be at least 2400 vpm and amplitude setting low. The roller shall be capable of reversing without backlash and shall be equipped with spray attachments for moistening all rollers on both sets of wheels. C3 Pneumatic Tired Rollers The pneumatic-tired roller shall have a compacting width of 5 feet[1.5 m] or more. It shall be so constructed that the gross wheel load force shall be a minimum of 3,000 pounds[13 kN]per wheel for SP Level 2-3 mixtures and 5,000 pounds[22 kN]per wheel for SP Level 4-6 mixtures and can be varied as directed by the Engineer. The tire arrangement shall be such that full compaction will be obtained over the full width with each pass of the roller. The roller may be self propelled or provided with suitable tractive equipment,unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If more than one roller is propelled by a single tractive unit,then that combination will be counted as a single roller unit. 1 Page 43 of 50 2360 Specification I February 1,2010 y C3a Vibratory Pneumatic-Tired Rollers 1 Vibratory pneumatic-tired rollers shall be self-propelled and have a minimum total mass of 8 tons [7.3 metric tons],or as otherwise specified in the Contract. The compacting width shall be 5 feet[1.5 m]or more. The tire arrangement shall be such that full compaction will be obtained over the full width with each pass of the roller. C4 Trench Rollers Trench rollers shall be self propelled and have a mass of not less than 2,960 pounds per foot [4 400 kg per meter] of width. C5 Mixture Temperature Controls i If compaction is obtained by the ordinary compaction method,the minimum laydown temperature in all courses(as measured behind the paver or spreading machine)of the asphalt mixture shall be in accordance with the temperature requirements of Table 2360.6-05.Unless directed by the Engineer in writing,no paving is allowed under the Ordinary Compaction Method when the air temperature is below 32°F[0°C]. Table 2360.6-05 Mixture Temperature Control«) Air Compacted Mat Thickness,inches(A) Temperature °F [°C] 1 inch[25 mm] 1-1/2 inch[40 mm] 2 inch[50 mm] >3 inch[75 mm] +32-40 [0-5] -- 265(8)[129] 255 [124] 250 [121] +41-50[6-10] 270(8)[130] 260 [127] 250[121] 245 [118] +51-60 [11-15] 260(B)[127] 255 [124] 245 [118] 240 [115] +61-70 [16-21] 250(B)[121] 245 [118] 240[115] 235 [113] +71-80 [22-27] 245 [118] 240 [115] 235 [113] 235 [113] +81-90[28-32] 235 [113] 230[110] 230[110] 230[110] 91+[+33] 230 [110] 230 [110] 230 [110] 225 [107] (A) Based on approved or specified compacted lift thickness. (B) A minimum of one pneumatic-tire roller shall be used for intermediate rolling unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The Engineer may specify or modify in writing(with II concurrence from the Department Bituminous Engineer)a minimum laydown temperature. (C) Not applicable if a WMA additive or process is used. 2360.7 THICKNESS AND SURFACE SMOOTHNESS REQUIREMENTS A Thickness 1 After compaction the thickness of each lift shall be within a tolerance of 1/4 inch[6 mm] of the thickness shown in the Plans,except that,if automatic grade controls are used,this thickness requirement will not apply to the first lift placed. This thickness requirement will not apply to a leveling lift whether or not automatic grade controls are required. The Engineer may require removal and replacement,at the Contractor's expense,of any part of any lift that is constructed to less than the minimum required thickness. Cores taken for density determination shall be measured for thickness also. Each core shall be measured 3 times for thickness prior to sawing. Report the average of these three measurements. Each lot's average core thickness shall be documented and submitted to the Engineer. If the average of the two Contractor cores exceed the specified tolerance,an additional two cores may be taken in the lot in question. The average of all core thickness measurements per day per lift will be used to determine daily compliance with thickness specifications. On that portion of any lift constructed to more than the maximum permissible thickness,the materials used in the excess mixture above that required to construct that portion of the lift to the Plan thickness plus 1/4 inch[6 mm]may be excluded from the pay quantities and at the discretion of the Engineer and at the Contractor's expense may be required to be removed and replaced. I Page 44 of 50 I2360 Specification February 1,2010 I B Surface Requirements After compaction,the finished surface of each lift shall be reasonably free of segregated,open and torn sections,and shall be smooth and true to the grade and cross section shown on the Plans with the following I tolerances: (1) Where a leveling lift is specified,it shall be constructed to within a tolerance of 1/2 inch[15 mm] I of the elevations and grades established by the Engineer. This requirement shall also apply to the first lift placed other than leveling when automatic controls are used. (2) The surface of the final two lifts placed shall show no variation greater than 6 mm 1/4 inch[6 mm] I from the edge of a 10 foot[3 m] straightedge laid parallel to or at right angles to the centerline. Shoulder surfacing and surfacing on temporary connections and bypasses shall show no variations greater than 1/4 inch[6 mm]from the edge of a 10 foot[3 m] straightedge laid parallel to the centerline. I (3) After final compaction,all final lift asphalt wearing surfaces adjacent to concrete pavements shall be slightly higher(but not to exceed 1/4 inch[6 mm]than the concrete surface. I After final compaction,all asphalt surfaces adjacent to gutters,manholes,pavement headers,or other fixed structures shall be slightly higher(but not to exceed 1/4 inch[6 mm]than the surface of the structure. I' (4) Transverse joints(construction joints),at the beginning and end of a project,at paving exceptions,or caused by suspension of daily paving operations,shall show no variation greater than 1/4 inch[6 mm] from the edge of a 10 foot[3 m] straightedge centered longitudinally across the transverse joint. The Engineer may require correction by diamond grinding when material is placed outside the above-described limitations. (5) The transverse slope of the surface of each lift,exclusive of the shoulder wearing lift,shall not vary from the slope shown in the Plans by more than 0.4 percent. I (6) The distance between the edge of each lift and the established centerline shall be no less than the Plan distance nor more than 3 inches [75 mm]greater than the Plan distance. In addition,the edge alignment of the wearing lift on tangent sections and on curve sections of 3 degrees or less shall not deviate from the established alignment by more than 1 inch[25 mm]in any 25 foot[7.5 m] Isection. (7) The finished surface of each lift shall be reasonably free of segregated and open and torn sections and deleterious materials. IAny material placed outside the above described limitations shall be removed and replaced after being cut or sawed at no expense to the Department or with the approval of the Engineer,allowed to remain inplace at a reduced cost calculated at$10 per square yard[$12 per square meter]. Any single occurrence of material outside the limitations described above shall be considered to have a minimum dimension of one square yard square [one square meter]in any dimension. IC Pavement Smoothness Specification—IRI(International Roughness Index) Cl General I Pavement smoothness will be evaluated on the final mainline pavement surface using an Inertial Profiler(IP)and the International Roughness Index(IRI). Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer,all I smoothness testing shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. The Engineer and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon scheduling of smoothness testing so that testing can be observed. Any testing performed IPage 45 of 50 2360 Specification February 1,2010 without the Engineer's presence,unless otherwise authorized,may be ordered retested at the Contractor's expense. The following Table 2360.7-A(IRI)shows pavement surfaces that are excluded from smoothness testing but subject to 2360.7B surface requirements. Table 2360.7—A(IRI) Testing Exclusions 25 foot[7.62 m] feet either side of obstructions such as manholes,water supply castings,etc.* Ramps,Loops,Climbing lanes Side Streets, Side Connections Turn Lanes, Storage Lanes,Crossovers,Bypass Lanes Shoulders Intersections constructed under traffic—Begin and end the exclusion100 feet[30.5m] from the intersection radius Sections less than 25 foot[7.62 m]in length Acceleration,Deceleration Lanes Projects less than 1000 feet [300m] in length Mainline paving where the normally posted regulatory speed is less than or equal to 45 miles per hour[70 km/hr] Begin the exclusion at the sign Single lift overlays over concrete *Mainline shall be included in profiling if obstructions are located in auxiliary or parking lanes I C1A Smoothness Requirements Pavement smoothness requirements will be evaluated by the International Roughness Index(IRI) ! Equation A,Equation B,or Equation C. The pavement smoothness Equation will be identified in the Special Provisions of the proposal. Location of bumps and/or dips and magnitude will be based on California Test Method 526. C2 Measurement Smoothness will be measured with an IP,which produces both an IRI value and a profilogram (profile trace of the surface tested). The IP shall conform to the Class 1 requirements of ASTM E950-94 and must be certified according to the most recent procedure on file in the Bituminous Office. For pavement evaluation,one pass will be made in the right wheel path of each traffic lane. The IP shall be run in the direction the traffic will be moving. Each lane will be tested and evaluated separately. The Engineer will determine the length in miles [kilometers] for each mainline traffic lane. The IP shall be operated at the optimum speed as defined by the manufacturer. I C3 Smoothness testing The Contractor shall furnish a properly calibrated,documented,and MnDOT certified IP. The IP shall be equipped with automatic data reduction capabilities. Computer programs used to calculate the IRI statistic from a longitudinal roadway profile shall follow the procedure developed by the World Bank for a quarter-car simulation as described in NCHRP report 228. Mn/DOT certification documentation shall be provided to the Engineer on the first day the IP is used on the project. IP settings are on file in the Bituminous Office. The Contractor shall furnish a competent operator,trained in the operation of the IP and evaluation of both California Test Method 526 and the International Roughness Index. The Contractor shall remove all objects and foreign material on the pavement surface prior to surface evaluation by power brooming. I Page 46 of 50 1 2360 Specification February 1,2010 The pavement surface will be divided into sections which represent continuous placement. A section will terminate 25 foot[7.62 m]before a bridge approach panel,bridge surface,manhole or similar interruption. In the final pavement evaluation,a day's work joint will be included in the trace with no special consideration. A section will be separated into segments of 0.1 mi [0.1 km]. A segment will be in one traffic lane only. An IRI value shall be computed for each segment of 25 foot[7.62 m]or more. The IRI value will include the 25 foot[7.62 m]at the ends of the section only when the Contractor is responsible for the adjoining surface. End of run areas not included in the IRI value and any sections of pavement less than 25 foot [7.62m] in length shall be checked longitudinally with a 10 ft[3.028 m] straight edge and the surface shall not deviate from a straight line by more than 1/4 inch in 10 ft[6 mm in 3.028 m]. Transverse joints shall be evaluated by centering the straightedge longitudinally across the transverse joint. The Contractor shall submit the graphical trace,a summary of the bump(s)/dip(s)locations,the magnitude of the bump(s)/dip(s)and each segment IRI value on the same day as the profiling was conducted. The Contractor shall submit a final spreadsheet summary of the smoothness data to the Engineer within five calendar days after all mainline pavement placement.The summary shall be signed by the Contractor. The spreadsheet summary shall be in tabular form,with each 0.1 mile[0.1 km]segment occupying a row. Each row shall include the beginning and ending station for the segment,the length of the segment,the final IRI value for the segment;the IRI based incentive/disincentive in dollars for the segment,and the deductions for bump(s)/dip(s)in dollars for the segment. Each continuous run will occupy a separate table and each table will have a header that includes the following:the project number,the roadway number or designation,a lane designation,the mix type of the final lift,the PG binder of the final lift,the date of the final smoothness runs,and the beginning and ending station of the continuous run. The following information shall be included at the bottom of each summary: a subtotal for the IRI based incentive/disincentive,a subtotal for the bump deductions,and a total for incentive/disincentive for both IRI values and bumps. Software to summarize the data is available from the Mn/DOT Bituminous Office at www.mrr.dot.state.mn.us/pavement/bituminous/bituminous.asp. The Contractor will be responsible for all traffic control associated with the smoothness testing and any corrective action(when applicable)that is required of the final pavement surface. C3A Retesting The Engineer may require any portion or the total project to be retested if the results are questioned. This includes both IRI values and bump/dip locations. The Engineer will decide whether Mn/DOT,an independent testing firm(ITF),or the Contractor will retest the roadway surface. If the retested IRI values differ by more than 10%from the original IRI values,the retested values will be used as the basis for acceptance and any incentive/disincentive payments. In addition,bump/dip locations as shown by the retest will replace the original results. If the Engineer directs the Contractor or an independent testing firm to perform retesting and the original results are found to be accurate,the Department will pay the Contractor or the independent testing firm $62.14 per lane km[$100 per lane mile]that is retested,with a minimum charge of $500.00. The Contractor will be responsible for any costs associated with retesting if the original values differ by more than 10%from the retested values. C4 IRI Values The IP shall be equipped with automatic data reduction capabilities for determining the IRI values. An IRI value shall be calculated for each segment of the final pavement surface. Segments greater than or equal to 7.62 m[25 feet]and less than 161m[528 feet] shall be evaluated as a separate segment. The IRI values shall be Idetermined by following NCHRP report 228. The IRI values shall be reported in units of inches per mile [m per Page 47 of 50 2360 Specification ' February 1,2010 km]. Report inches per mile with one digit right of the decimal and for m per km report with two digits right of the decimal. Follow Mn/DOT rounding procedures per the Bituminous Manual section 5-693.730. C4a Bumps and Dips-IRI Equation A and IRI Equation B I Bump/dip location will be determined in accordance with California Method 526. Bumps and dips equal to or exceeding 0.4 inch in a 25 ft[10.2 mm in a 7.62 m] span shall be identified separately. When the profile trace shows a successive,uninterrupted bump,dip;or dip,bump combination(up to a maximum of 3 alternating trace deviations that relate to one bump or dip on the roadway),identify and evaluate these occurrences as one event. The Contractor shall correct,by diamond grinding,all areas represented by bumps or dips of 0.4 inch[10.2 mm] or more as measured by California Test Method 526. However,the Engineer may allow bumps or dips of 0.4 inches to 0.6 inches[10.2 mm to 15.2 mm] in a 25 foot[7.62 m] span to be left uncorrected,and in such case,the contractor will be assessed a price deduct as specified in section C6("Payment")of this special provision. Corrected dips or bumps will be considered satisfactory when the profilogram shows the deviations are less than 0.4 inch in a 25 foot[10.2 mm in a 7.62 m]span. Cob Bumps and Dips-IRI Equation C Bump/dip location will be determined in accordance with California Method 526. Bumps and dips equal to or exceeding 0.5 inch in a 25 ft[12.7 mm in a 7.62 m] span shall be identified separately. When the profile trace shows a successive,uninterrupted bump,dip;or dip,bump combination(up to a maximum of 3 alternating trace deviations that relate to one bump or dip on the roadway),identify and evaluate these occurrences as one event. The Contractor shall correct,by diamond grinding,all areas represented by bumps or dips of 0.5 inch[12.7 mm] or more as measured by California Test Method 526. However,the Engineer may allow bumps or dips of 0.5 inches to 0.7 inches[12.7 mm to 17.8 mm] in a 25 foot[7.62 m] span to be left uncorrected,and in such case,the contractor will be assessed a price deduct as specified in section C6("Payment")of this special provision. Corrected dips or bumps will be considered satisfactory when the profilogram shows the deviations are less than 0.5 inch in a 25 foot[12.7 mm in a 7.62 m] span. C5 Surface Correction Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer,corrective work shall be by diamond grinding. Other methods may include;overlaying the area,or replacing the area by milling and inlaying. The Engineer shall approve of the Contractor's method of correcting segment(s)prior to the Contractor starting corrective work. Any corrective actions by milling and inlay or overlay shall meet the specifications for ride quality over the entire length of the correction,including the first and last 25 foot[7.62 m]. Bumps or dips in excess of 0.4 inches [10.2 mm] where evaluation is by Equation A or B or bumps or dips in excess of 0.5 inch[12.7 mm]where evaluation is by Equation C that are located at transverse joints at areas of corrective actions utilizing overlay or milling and inlay, shall be removed by diamond grinding. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to commencement of the corrective action. If the surface is corrected by overlay,inlay or replacement,the surface correction shall begin and end with a transverse saw cut. Surface corrections shall be made prior to placing permanent pavement markings. In the event that permanent pavement marking are damaged or destroyed during surface correction activities,they will be replaced at no cost to the Agency. When pavement smoothness evaluation by Equation A is specified the Engineer may require that the Contractor,at no expense to the Department,correct segments with an IRI greater than 65 inches/mile [1.03 m per km]or the Engineer may assess a$900 per 0.1 mile[$560 per 0.1 km]penalty in lieu of requiring corrective work. I Page 48 of 50 1 I 2360 Specification IFebruary 1,2010 When pavement smoothness evaluation by Equation B is specified the Engineer may require that 1 the Contractor,at no expense to the Department,correct segments with an IRI greater than 75 inches/mile[1.18 m per km] or the Engineer may assess a$675 per 0.1 mile[$420 per 0.1 km]penalty in lieu of requiring corrective work. I When pavement smoothness evaluation by Equation C is specified the Engineer may require that the Contractor,at no expense to the Department,correct segments with an IRI greater than 85 inches/mile[1.34 m per km]or the Engineer may assess a$450 per 0.1 mile [$280 per 0.1 km]penalty in lieu of requiring corrective work. IBum p,di p,and smoothness correction work shall be for the entire traffic lane width. Pavement cross slope shall be maintained through corrective areas. IAll corrective work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. After all required corrective work is completed a final segment(s)IRI value and bump/dip tabulation shall be determined and submitted to the IEngineer. Corrective work and re-evaluation shall be at the Contractor's expense. Segments requiring grinding will be re-profiled within two working days of completion of grinding. Individual bumps/dips and segments requiring grinding shall be completed with 15 working days of Inotification. C6 Payment I The cost of traffic control for certified smoothness testing and/or any corrective work is incidental to the cost of the Wear course mixture. The Contractor may receive an incentive payment or be assessed a penalty based on the number of segments and the IRI value. The total ride incentive shall not exceed 10%of the total mix price for pavement smoothness evaluated under IRI Equation A,5%of the total mix price for pavement smoothness evaluated under Equation B,or 5%of the total mix price for pavement smoothness evaluated under Equation C. Total mix shall be defined as all mixture placed on the project. Only those segments which have had no corrective work or work to improve the ride are eligible for IRI incentive payment. Incentive payment for IRI will be based on the roadway segment before corrective work is performed. Grinding of the segment into incentive payment or grinding of the segment in order to obtain a higher incentive payment is not allowed. IRI incentive payment is independent of pay adjustment for bumps and dips. The Contractor will not receive a net incentive payment for ride if more than 25%of all density lots(excluding longitudinal joint density)for the project fail to meet minimum density requirements. For pavement smoothness evaluated under Equation A uncorrected bumps or dips greater than or equal to 0.4 inches [10.2 mmj in a 25 foot[7.62 m] span will be assessed a price deduction of$900 per event. For pavement smoothness evaluated under Equation B uncorrected bumps or dips greater than or IIIequal to 0.4 inches[10.2 mm]in a 25 foot[7.62 m]span will be assessed a price deduction of$675 per event. For pavement smoothness evaluated under Equation C uncorrected deviations(bumps or dips) greater than or equal to 0.5 inches[12.7 mm]in a 25 foot[7.62 m] span will be assessed a price deduction of$450 Iper event. Combinations of bumps and dips which arise from the same single bump or dip are considered to be one event,and shall be counted only once for the purposes of calculating price deductions. Typically,bump-dip- bump combinations,or dip-bump-dip combinations,that are confined to a 30 feet longitudinal segment are considered to be one event. 1 Bumps or dips resulting from a construction joint will be assessed a$900 penalty,regardless of the IRI Equation used for evaluation or pavement smoothness. IPage 49 of 50 2360 Specification February 1,2010 Incentive/disincentive payments will be based on the IRI determined for each segment and will be based on the following equations and criteria. C6a IRI Equation A* Inches/mile [IRI m/kml Incentive/Disincentive$10.1mile[$10.lkml <30 inches/mile[<0.47 m/km] $400 [$249] 30 inches/mile to 65 inches/mile [0.47 m/km to 1.03 m $850—(IRI x 15) [$523—(IRI x 584)]/km] -$900[-$560] >65 inches/mile[>1.03 m/km] * Typically,3-lift minimum construction 3 C6b IRI Equation B* Inches/mile[IRI m/km-1 Incentive/Disincentive$/0.1mile [$/0.lkml <33 inches/mile[<0.52 m/km] $270 [$168] 33 inches/mile to 75 inches/mile[0.52 m/km to 1.18 m/km] $600—(IRI x 10) [$373—(IRI x 395)] [-$420] >75 inches/mile[>1.18 m/km] *Typically,2-lift construction C6c IRI Equation C* Inches/mile [IRI m/km-1 Incentive/Disincentive$/0.1mile[$10.lkml <36 inches/mile[<0.57 m/km] $180 [$112] 36 inches/mile to 85 inches/mile[0.57 m/km to 1.34 m/km] $414—(IRI x 6.5) [$258—(IRI x 257)] [-$280] >85 inches/mile [>1.34 m/km] * Typically,single lift construction 2360.8 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A Asphalt Mixture Asphalt mixture of each type will be measured separately by mass,based on the total quantity of material hauled from the mixing plant,with no deductions being made for the asphalt materials. B Blank C Asphalt Mixtures Measured by the Square Yard [Square Meter]per Specified(inch [mm]) and for Mixtures Measured by the Square Yard inch Asphalt mixture of each type and for each specific lift will be measured separately by area and by thickness on the basis of actual final dimensions placed. The constructed thickness shall meet tolerances set forth in Sections 2360.7A. I I r I I Page 50 of 50 I I SECTION 32 16 13 CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Cast-in-place concrete curbs, and concrete curb and gutter. B. Related Sections 1. Section 32 11 23 -Aggregate Base Courses. 2. Section 32 12 01 - Flexible Paving for Municipal Projects. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Quotation Items have been provided for Remove and Replace Concrete Curb and Gutter as shown in Section 02 41 13. 2. No separate measurement or payment for modifications at curb ramps, transition sections, or B618 curb installed at catch basins and radii. 3. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. C260 - Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. B. Minnesota Department of Transportation"Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 2461 - Structural Concrete. 2. 2531 - Concrete Curbing. 3. 3101 - Portland Cement. 4. 3113 - Admixtures for Concrete. 5. 3702 - Preformed Joint Fillers. 6. 3754 - Membrane Curing Compound. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit one 7-day and two 28-day concrete cylinder test results for all concrete pours in any given day. B. Submit MnDOT approved design mix for each concrete mix designation used. If a MnDOT approved mix design is unavailable, the Engineer will establish the job mix proportions. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Install concrete curb and gutter g e within 1 week after aggregate base has been completed and approved. I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS 321613- 1 1 B. Concrete curb and gutter construction precedes installation of pavement. PART 2 PRODUCTS I 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete to Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2461, except as modified herein 1. Portland Cement: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3101 a. Type 3 air-entraining concrete produced by using Type I Portland Cement. 2. Air-Entraining Admixtures: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3113 a. Conforming to ASTM C260. b. Not to be added to the concrete mixtures in the field without approval from Engineer. 3. Mix Designation and Classification for Concrete Curb and Gutter a. Manual Placement Mix No. 3A32C. b. Slip Form Placement Mix No. 3A22C. B. Pre-Formed Joint Filler: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3702. 1 C. Curing Compound: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3754 1. Curing compound shall contain a fugitive dye. 2. Only MnDOT approved membrane curing compounds wiiVebdeloallowed and for or use es MnDOT hashall pre- approve all curing compounds. The most current approved dates are available from the MnDOT Products website. All curing compounds shall comply with the requirements of the MnDOT Curing Compound Manufacturer Approval Program, including pre-testing of all materials by the manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION I 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide copies of batch tickets for concrete mix at the time of material delivery to Site. B. Construct concrete curb and gutter at the locations and elevations indicated on the Drawings.. C. Construct the style or type of curb and gutter as existing was prior to removal. D. Construct intersection curb radii and transitions sections to conform to the detail on the Drawings. I E. Construct transition sections at inlet structures to conform to the detail on the Drawings. F. The completed concrete work shall give the appearance of uniformity in surface contour and 1 texture, and shall be accurately constructed to line and grade. The required joints, edges, and flow lines shall show neat workmanship. G. Retempering of the concrete which has partially hardened with or without additional materials or water is prohibited. H. Concrete washout locations shall conform to the requirements of the NPDES. 3.02 FOUNDATION PREPARATIONS A. Support on a compacted aggregate base. I CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS 321613-2 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 I 3.03 FORMS A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2531.3B. 3.04 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2531.3C, except as modified herein 1. Maximum spacing of expansion joints for slip formed shall be 200 feet. 3.05 METAL REINFORCEMENT A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2531.3D, except as modified herein 1. Where required, install two No. 4 steel reinforcing rods in lower portion of the curb section with a minimum of 2-inch coverage on all sides a. Placement at catch basins shall conform to the details on the Drawings. 3.06 PLACING AND FINISHING A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2531.3E and 2531.3F, except as modified herein 1. The top surface of the curb and gutter shall have a brush finish at right angles to the curb line. 3.07 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2531.3G and 2531.3G2 (Membrane Curin Method herein 9 ), except as modified 1. All surfaces shall be coated with membrane curing compound within 30 minutes after finishing at the specified rate. 2. The membrane-curing compound must be applied in 2 different directions perpendicular to each other. 3. A second application of membrane curing compound shall be applied 4 to 8 hours after the first application at the specified rate. 4. Cold weather curing when temperatures fall below 40 degrees during placement or within the following 24 hours shall conform to MnDOT Spec. 2531.3G1 blanket curing method, except as modified below: a. If temperatures are projected to fall below 32 degrees within 24 hours of concrete placement, insulated blankets shall be using for curing. b. All costs associated with blanket curing shall be incurred by the Contractor. 5. The freshly finished surface shall be protected, surfaces pitted by rain will be considered unacceptable. 6. Removal and replacement of any curb section damaged by traffic, rain, cold weather, or other causes occurring prior to final acceptance shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.08 BACKFILLING A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2531.33, except as modified herein 1. Initial Backfilling a. Follow the 72-hours curing period with completion within 6 days of original placement. b. Tolerance within 0.3 feet to the top of curb elevation. 2. Final Grading a. Following completion of private utility work by others. 3. Curb damaged during backfilling is the responsibility of the Contractor. I ©2010 Bonestroo l 000055-10164-0 CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS 321613-3 I 3.09 HIGH EARLY CONCRETE III A. Conform to MnDOT Spec.shall be d esi designed to provide modified max mum water/cementitous ratio of 0.40. I 1. High early concrete shall be g P 2. High early concrete shall be designed to provide a minimum flexural strength of 500 psi and a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi in 48 hours. 3. High early concrete may be included as a separate Quotation Item or as an Engineer ordered material. In absence of a separate Quotation Item for high early strength concrete, compensation will be at an agreed upon price not to exceed 20 percent above the Contract cubic yard price for standard strength concrete for the quantity ordered by the Engineer. The price shall be agreed upon prior to placement. 3.10 WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH I A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2531.3K, except as modified herein 1. Any deviation in the design curvature of concrete edges in excess of 3/8 of an inch, measured with a 10-foot straight edge, will be considered unacceptable. 2. Acceptance of Work by price reduction will not be allowed. END OF SECTION I I I I I I I I I I CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS 321613-4 ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 I I SECTION 32 92 00 TURF AND GRASSES IPART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY jA. Section Includes 1. Restoration of construction area by installation of topsoil, seed, sod, soil amendments, mulch, reinforcement, and erosion control. B. Related Sections 1. Section 01 57 13 -Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. 1 2. Section 31 23 00 - Excavation and Fill. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES IA. Measurement and Payment 1. A Quotation Item has been provided for Sodding, Lawn Type With 4-Inches of Topsoil. Measurement will be based upon units of square yards of sod installed complete in place as specified, including installing topsoil, soil amendments, furnishing and installing sod, preparation of surface maintenance, and all incidental items associated with the Work. Watering the sod for a period of 30 days following installation is considered incidental. 2. A Quotation Item has been provided for Seeding Mix 270. Measurement will be based upon units of square yards for the seed mix installed in place as specified, including preparing topsoil, preparation of seedbed, fertilizer; seed, and all correlated activity. 3. A Quotation Item has been provided for Hydromulch. Measurement will be based upon units of square yards for the Hydromulch installed. 4. A Quotation Item has been provided for Seeding, Including Seed, Fertilizer, and Wood Fiber Blanket. Measurement will be based upon units of square yards for each type of blanket I installed in place as specified. 5. A Quotation item has been provided for Turf Reinforcement Mat. Measurement will be based upon units of square yards. Overlap in the mat placement is considered incidental and will not I be included in the square yard measurement. 6. A Quotation item has been provided for Augmented Soil Mixture. Measurement will be based upon units of cubic yards, compacted in place volume. Estimated quantities were based on a 2 foot depth section at the bottom grade of the rain garden. Double shredded hardwood mulch is considered incidental to this Quotation Item. 7. A Quotation item has been provided for Redosier Dogwood. Measurement will be per each 5-gallon shrub and include all costs to install, maintenance, and watering. I 8. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. I1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.). B. Minnesota Department of Transportation Seeding Manual 2003 (MnDOT Seeding Manual). 1 I ©2010 Bonestroo l 000055-10164-0 TURF AND GRASSES 329200- 1 I 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide source and invoice for seed and shrub plantings to be used for this Project. I B. Producer's certificate of compliance fWartousseed specaes, year of compliance of mixture of germination rate, seed furnished. Include percentage of I seed bag tags, and weed seed content. Submit to the Engineer at least 5 days prior to delivery. C. Species within native seed mixes species shall that the productgs aaocalnecotype plant Minnesota Crop certify Improvement Association (MCIA)to ty 1 1.05 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD , with the A. The Establishment Period for plants shall be that the Eng g neerl performs a final n pection approval of the Engineer, and continue until the date 1. The establishment period for sod is 30 days. 2. The establishment period for seeded areas is 1 year. 3. The establishment period for the Redosier Dogwood shrubs is 1 year. 1.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL I A. Provide Engineer with seed bag tags used for identification purposes. PART 2 PRODUCTS II 2.01 TOPSOIL: Topsoil Borrow Conforming to MnDOT Spec. 3877.2A. 2.02 FERTILZER A. Provide plant fertilizer that is ommcommercial grade and uniform in composition and conforms to applicable state and federal B. Slow release fertilizer. A minimum of 70 percent of the nitrogen component shall be a slow-release water insoluble nitrogen. C. Fertilizer shall contain a minimum percentage by weight 10-10-10 (NKP). 2.03 SOD: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3878. 2.04 SEED: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3876. A. Lawns: MnDOT Mixture 270. 2.05 HYDRAULIC SOIL STABILIZER(HYDROMULCH): Conform to Section 01 57 13. 2.06 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3885. 2.07 TURF REINFORCEMENT MAT I A. Propex, Landlok 300, or approved equal. I TURF AND GRASSES 329200-2 ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 I 2.08 AUGMENTED SOIL MIXTURE 1 A. See Drawings for location and mixture details. 2.09 RAIN GARDEN MULCH A. Double shredded hardwood mulch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Review restoration areas with the Engineer. Determine locations for seed or sod. Schedule for restoration of areas may be revised to fit field conditions. B. Notify the Engineer at least 3 days in advance of hauling topsoil borrow on Site so the Engineer may visually inspect and sample for testing if deemed necessary. C. Finish grades are to be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to start of restoration. 3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Delivery 1. Notify the Engineer of the delivery schedule in advance so the plant material may be inspected upon arrival at the Site. Remove unacceptable plant material from the Site immediately. 2. Deliver fertilizer and lime to the Site in the original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's guaranteed chemical analysis, name, trade name or trademark, and in conformance to state and federal law. In lieu of containers, fertilizer and lime may be furnished in bulk and a certificate indicating the above information shall accompany each delivery. 3. During Delivery: Protect sod from drying out and seed from contamination. B. Storage 1. Sprinkle sod with water and cover with moist burlap, straw, or other approved covering, and protect from exposure to wind and direct sunlight. Covering should permit air circulation to alleviate heat development. 2. Keep seed, lime, and fertilizer in dry storage away from contaminants. 3.03 PREPARATION A. General: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.3A. B. Soil Preparation: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.3B. C. Fertilizers and Conditioners: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.3C 1. Apply fertilizer at a rate of 400 lbs. per acre (9.2 lbs./1,000 sq. ft.). 2. Where soil pH is lower than 5.5, apply lime at 3 tons per acre (140 lbs./1,000 sq. ft.). 3.04 SOWING SEED A. Seeding Dates: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.3 for the mixes specified. B. Seeding Preparation and Application: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.3 for the mixes specified. ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 TURF AND GRASSES 329200-3 3.05 PLACING SOD A. Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2575.3I. 1 3.06 MULCH: Conform to Section 01 57 13. 3.07 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET A. Erosion control blanket shall be installed immediately following seeding in accordance with MnDOT Spec. 2575.33, and as modified below. B. Raking or harrowing of soil/seed shall be done before installation of erosion control blanket. C. Blanket shall be installed parallel to the direction of flow in all cases. I D. If permanent seeding is not available at the time of blanket installation, this material will have to be removed, re-seeded, and installed again as a permanent erosion control measure. If permanent seeding is available at the time of initial installation, a 1-time proper installation is acceptable. 3.08 HYDRAULIC SOIL STABILIZER(HYDROMULCH) I A. Conform to Section 01 57 13. I 3.09 TURF REINFORCEMENT MAT A. Install per manufacture's recommendations. B. Provide 4 foot wide overlap using 2 mats at overflow drainage swale location. 3.10 RAIN GARDEN MULCH I A. Install on bottom or rain garden with shrub plantings. Sod shall be installed on sloped areas of rain garden. I 3.11 MAINTENANCE A. Restored areas that have been satisfactorily completed and are disturbed by additional construction activity required by the timing and sequencing of the Work shall be restored over to the same requirements of the original work. B. Any sod that does established at the proper season by the bContractor ath s/hereexpenseation shall be replaced and esta C. Seed maintenance shall be done in conformance with the MnDOT Seeding Manual —Maintenance Requirements for year 1. D. Shrub maintenance shall be provided for 1 year. I E. Watering of sod areas shall be done for a minimum period of 30 days from installation sufficient to ensure establishment of permanent vegetation. I TURF AND GRASSES 1 329200-4 ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 I 3.12 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE IA. Seeding and turf work will be inspected for acceptance in parts agreeable to the Engineer, provided Work offered for inspection is complete, including maintenance for the portion in question. B. At the conclusion of the establishment period(s), a final inspection of planting(s)the conditions of areas specified for landscaping.P p g(s) will be made to C. When inspected landscape work does not comply with requirements, replace rejected work and continue specified maintenance until re-inspected by Engineer and found to be acceptable. Remove rejected materials from the Site. D. Seed evaluation at the conclusion of the establishment period shall be based on at least 1 species per square foot and 90 percent of seeding per square foot is of the permanent seed species within the applied mix. END OF SECTION I 1 I I I 1 I I 1 I I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 TURF AND GRASSES 329200-5 I SECTION 33 05 05 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Trenching requirements for underground piping and appurtenances, including requirements for excavation, backfill, and compaction. B. Related Sections 1. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing. 2. Section 33 40 00 - Storm Drainage Utilities. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Trench Excavation: Excavation and backfilling of trench shall be included in the price of pipe provided. 2. Pipe Bedding: Considered incidental and shall be included in the price of pipe furnished and installed. 3. A Quotation item has been provided for Pothole Existing Water Main. Measurement will be lump sum for a minimum of 2 pothole locations of water main. Payment shall include all work necessary for determining the location and elevation of the existing water main. 4. Improved Pipe Foundation: At the Quotation Unit Price per lineal foot for each 6-inch layer placed below pipe bedding, not including the first 6 inches a. For example, say 2 feet of foundation material is required under a pipe installed with C-2 bedding. Because 6 inches of material is required for Class C-2 pipe bedding (and therefore incidental), payment will be made for 3 lineal feet of pipe foundation material, 6 inches deep per foot of pipe installed. b. No payment will be made without the knowledge or consent of the Engineer. c. No payment will be made for subgrade rock installed for de-watering purposes only, unless 1 specified. d. No payment will be made for disposing of excavated material off Site that has been created by placement of improved pipe foundation. 5. Temporary Bracing and Sheeting: Considered part of the excavation costs with no additional compensation to Contractor, unless provided for otherwise. 6. Density Tests a. Passing Tests: All costs paid by Owner. b. Failing Tests: All costs charged to and paid by the Contractor. 7. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 2105 - Excavation and Embankment. 2. 2451 - Structure Excavations and Backfills. 3. 3149 - Granular Material. ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 330505-1 I B. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. C1479 - Standard Practice for Installation of Precast Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe Using Standard Installations. 2. D2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. 3. D698 -Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics for Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following submittals consistent with Section 01 33 00: 1. Product Data for each Borrow Material: a. Name and location of source. b. Results of gradation tests. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. The soil material adjacent pipe bedding with the pipe secure foundation, walls of the trenc h, and upper of backfill. The purpose of is to the pipe to true line and grade, and to provide structural support to the pipe barrel. B. Foundation: Soil material beneath the pipe bedding. C. Improved Pipe Foundation: Foundation provided by importing material from sources outside the Site. Required when foundation is soft or unstable. D. Filter Aggregate: Free draining mineral product used around drain tile pipe. I E. Rock Excavation: Includes such rocks that are not decomposed, weathered, or shattered, and which will require blasting, barring, wedging,i ex,(except concrete pavement, curb land gutter,dand are any boulders, concrete, or masonry structure sidewalk) exceeding 1 cubic yard. F. Pipe Zone: That part of the trench below a distance of 1 foot above the top of the pipe. G. Sand Cushion: Aggregate bedding material used around pipe in areas where rock excavation is encountered, where pipe insulation is used, and when crossing existing utilities. 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Verification of the existing water main must be completed prior to the installation of storm sewer. The storm sewer alignment shall be staked by the Engineer following the potholing. B. Known existing underground utilities are shown on the Drawings in a general vari Owns in both guarantee the locations as shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall anticipate the vertical and horizontal locations of underground utility lines from those shown on the Drawings. I C. Uncover utilities and verify both horizontal and vertical alignments sufficiently in advance of construction to permit adjustments in the Work. Determine location of existing utilities and identify conflicts before excavating trench for pipe installation. I TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 330505-2 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 I I D. Notify Gopher State One Call before starting construction in a given area, requesting utility Ilocations in the field. E. Provide continuance of flow of existing sewer and other facilities. 111 F. Backfill and compact all trench excavations promptly after the pipe is laid. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Trench settlements that occur during the correction period and are than 1/2 inch measured from the beginning to the end of the settlement, as determined by the Engin erSwill be repaired in a manner acceptable to the Owner at the Contractor's expense. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 2.01 IMPROVED PIPE FOUNDATION MATERIAL A. Comply with MnDOT Spec 3149.G. I2.02 BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Suitable materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. B. Suitable materials are mineral soils free of rubbish, trees, , branches,oversize stone, concrete and bituminous chunks, and other tsimiillar unsuitable dmaterial. soil,, frozen PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to construction, inspect existing utility structures and surface features, and document condition. B. Re-inspect foundation soils if rain fall or snow has occurred urred after initial inspection but prior to placing pipe and bedding. I3.02 PREPARATION A. Notify Utility Owners to field mark their utility locations. B. Protect as necessary surface features, such as utility poles, trees, structures, pavement, etc., that are not designated on the Drawings to be removed. C. Notify utility companies of progress schedule so they can accomplish any necessary relocations and removals that they have agreed to relocate, remove, or support. IID. Implement traffic control. E. Complete temporary removal or relocation of surface features, such as fences, shrubs, signs, and I mailboxes. F. Strip off existing topsoil from within the trench excavation limits and stockpile. Separate vegetative Istrippings from salvageable topsoil and dispose of appropriately. I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 330505-3 I G. Crossing Under Existing Utility Lines 1. Use extreme care when excavating in the vicinity of underground utility lines to avoid damage to protective coatings or surfaces. 2. Where possible and as authorized by the utility, temporarily remove the utility line, install the new pipe, and reinstall the utility line. remove, securely 3. Where existing line cannot be removed utility is line to feasible Standa d Proctor Density excavate under, backfill under and around tY 4. Report and repair damaged lines prior to backfilling trench. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION I A. Conform to ASTM C2321, or modified herein. I B. Trench Excavation 1. Excavate trench to alignment and grade shown on the Drawings. 2. The trench width at the surface However, sha lsbe of ample trench permit the pipe to 1 the excavated material encountered. be laid and jointed properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted properly. 3. Correct any part of the trench that Standard Proctor excavated cavated below grade with approved material compacted to 100 Pe with applicable State Regulations 4. Brace, shore, or sheet trench and provide drainage. Comply pp relating to industrial safety to nt on D v9sionfof the State Indust.a�Comm b on or less the than that required by the Accident Preve requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act(OSHA), whichever is most restrictive. 5. Pile all excavated material in a manner that will not endanger the Work or obstruct sidewalks, driveways, gutters, etc. 6. Segregate soils in the excavated material requirements specified trench of in a manner that is consistent with the q Pipe Zone." 7. Dispose of excess excavated materials off of right-of-ways and easements in a suitable site selected by the Contractor. 8. Haul materials, other than natural soil materials that are suitable as backfill material, to an approved landfill as directed by the Engineer. C. Water Control 1. Dewater the ground as necessary condition prior to backfill. pipe. a and structures shall be laid dry I minimum of 1 foot below the pipe operation(s)invert. and rate of flow from week thereafter. Keep Keep a daily log of the beginning of the dewatering hours pumped. D. Trench Bottom 1. Excavate to a sufficient depth adequate the bottom of trench is soft or where in the opinion of the Engineer unsatisfactory foundation exist. excavation up to pipe grade with thoroughly compacted granular materials meeting the requirements of Improved Pipe Foundation Material. 2. Provide temporary support, remove, relocate, or reconstruct existing utilities located within the trench excavation. Utility shall designate ort for utility crossings to prevent detrimental displacement, compacted fill or other stables pp rupture, or failure. 3. Excavate to expose existing exact location sufficiently proximity to the pipe installation l to pipe line the to determine the utilities avoidance of grade conflict. Measure to determine the utilities' location relative to the planned TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 330505-4 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 I 1 pipe line location. A deviation from the alignment, grade, and location to avoid conflict may be ordered by the Engineer. 4. In locations where rock affects the pipe foundation, excavate the trench 6 to 12 inches below the pipe and place sand cushion material up to the proposed invert elevation. The remainder of the trench up to the top of rock elevation shall be backfilled with granular backfill material j a. Sand Cushion: The removal and disposal of the unsuitable material within the trench and below the invert elevation, and the replacement up to invert elevation with the appropriate bedding material. Ib. Granular Backfill: The removal and disposal of unsuitable material within the trench, above the invert elevation, and replacement up to the surface with appropriate backfill material. No additional compensation will be allowed for wider or deeper trenches in rock excavations. c. For PVC and HDPE Pipe, the sand cushion shall be placed to 1 foot above the pipe and shall be paid as pipe bedding. The remainder of the trench up to the top of the rock shall be backfilled with granular backfill material. I5. Improved Pipe Foundation: When unsatisfactory foundation conditions exist, excavate to a depth consisting of solid materials. Fill to pipe grade with thoroughly compacted granular materials meeting the requirement of Improved Pipe Foundation Material. I3.04 PIPE BEDDING A. Polyvinyl Chloride Sewer Pipe: Bed pipe in accordance with ASTM D2321. B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: Bed i e in p p accordance with Class C-1 Bedding. C. Ductile Iron Pipe: Bed pipe in accordance with AWWA Standard C150 and C151. D. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Profile Wall Pipe: Bed pipe in accordance with ASTM D2321. 1 E. Corrugated Metal Pipe: Bed pipe in accordance with ASTM A798. F. Use only selected materials free from rock, boulders, debris, or other high void content substances I to a level 1 foot above the top of pipe. Remove ledge rock, boulders, and large stones to provide at least 6-inch clearance from pipe. 1 G. Dig bell holes of ample dimension at each joint such that the pipe barrel rests continuously on the bedding. 3.05 BACKFILL WITHIN PIPE ZONE A. Backfill immediately after pipe is laid. Restrain pipe as necessary to prevent their movement during backfill operations. jB. Place material completely under pipe haunches in uniform layers not exceeding 4 inches in depth. C. Hand (shovel) tamp along pipe within haunch zone. 3.06 BACKFILL ABOVE PIPE ZONE IA. Use suitable materials meeting the requirements of Backfill Material. B. Place in uniform depth layers not to exceed 12 inches before compaction. Complete the Icompaction of each layer before placing material for the succeeding layer. I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 TRENCHING AND B3 05 3 05-5 33 05 05 5 I of C. Compact each layer F1 "S ecfed Density Method 'eTrenchesshall be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent,Spec. 2ept to P upper 3 feet. If the moisture content of the backfill 95 percent, except to 100 percent in the materials m is greater than 3 percent above oot less than the Standard P octoraCurve at that moisture minimum density of 3 pounds/cubic content, except that minimum compaction shall be 85 Percent of Standard Proctor Density. D. The method and means of placement and type of compaction equipment used is at the discretion of the Contractor. However, all portions of the trench backfill must meet minimum specified compaction requirements. supplied E. Any deficiency in quantity of backfill material (caused by shrinkage or settlement) shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. I F. Excavated material not suitable or required for backfill shall be disposed of outside of the Site. 3.07 RESTRICTED TRENCH WIDTH A. Restrict width of trench to conform to construction limits as directed by the Engineer to prevent a e to specimen trees or adjacent structures. I dam g p 3.08 QUALITY CONTROL A. Density Tests: To be performed by an approved soils testing firm at various locations and depths throughout the Site as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall cooperate fully and provide assistance as necessary to complete these to B. Failed density test areas shall be excavated and re-compacted until the density requirements are met. END OF SECTION I I I I I I I TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 330505-6 ©2010 Bonestroo l 000055-10164-0 I SECTION 33 05 17 ADJUST MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Adjustment of utility structures. B. Related Sections 1. Section 33 40 00—Storm Drainage Utilities. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Adjust Catch Basin Frame, Catch Basin Manhole, and Manhole Ring Casting: Adjustment of the frame and ring castings in this Contract are considered incidental to the installation of the catch basin. 2. Adjust Valve Box: A Quotation Item has been provided for Adjust Valve Box. Measurement will be by each valve box adjusted. 3. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A48 —Specification for Gray Iron Casting. 2. ASTM A240—Specification for Heat— Resisting Chromium — Nickel Stainless Steel Plate Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels. 3. ASTM C6—Specification for Normal Finishing Hydrating Lime (Mortar). 4. ASTM C141 —Specification for Hydraulic Hydrated Lime for Structural Purposes (Mortar). 5. ASTM C150 —Specification for Portland Cement(Concrete Rings/Mortar). 6. ASTM C923 —Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes, and Materials. 7. ASTM D1248— Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. 8. ASTM F593 —Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. 9. ASTM F594—Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts. B. Minnesota Department of Transportation"Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 2506— Manholes and Catch Basins. 2. 3733 —Geotextiles. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Adjust Frame and Ring Casting: A change in rim elevation accomplished for manholes or catch basins through the addition or removal of adjustment rings only. Adjustment does not include the addition or removal of sections from the structure. I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 ADJUST MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES 33 05 17- 1 I shed through the 11 B. Adjust Valve Box: A change in elevation section oft a valve boxeonly. Adjustpm'ent does not include raising or lowering of the existing top the addition or removal of sections from the valve box. C. Remove and Replace Adjustment Rings: The process of removing manholes the and existing catch basins.te adjustment rings from an existing structure and placing rings I 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Contractor, Engineer, and Owner shall inspect all existing structures prior to beginning construction. prior to construction. B. Owner will remove any foreign material found in n mater al that enters the structures during Contractor is responsible for removing any foreign construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ADJUSTING RING A. High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) 1. Molded high-density polyethylene conforming to ASTM D1248. 2.02 ADHESION MATERIALS A. Ram-Nek material, or approved equal. B. Mortar 1. Standard Portland Cement: Type I, ASTM C150. 2. Normal Finishing Hydrated Lime: ASTM C6. 3. Hydraulic Hydrated Lime for Structural Purposes: ASTM C141. 4. Mix Proportions: 1-part cement t to 3-parts mortar sand; lime may be added to mixture: maximum amount 15 percent by I C. Sealant(For HDPE Rings) g approved equal. 1. DOW 999—A building caulking and glazing sealant, or app 2. Open cell polyurethane foam sealant with adhesive backing. 3. Bands: Used for compressing the sleeve and extension 304, screws, bolts, and nuts.of stainless steel stainless steel conforming to ASTM A240, 304.conforming to ASTM F593 and F594,Type 2.03 CASTINGS A. Manhole, Catch Basin Frames, and Covers 1. Requirement: ASTM A48. 2. Material: Class 35 cast Sandon. Best grade. Free from injurious defects and flaws. 3. Finish Preparation. 4. Machine cover and frame contact surface for non-rocking protection. 5. Type and Style: Per details on Drawing. I 2.04 VALVE BOX A. Risers I ADJUST MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES ©2010 ganestroo I 000055-10164-0 III I I 1. Conform to details on Drawings. III 2.05 GEOTEXTILE A. Woven filter fabric, 4-1/2 ounces for use in conjunction with HPDE rings. I PART 3 EXECUTION I3.01 GENERAL A. The necessary vertical alignment will be determined by the Engineer and generally as indicated on the schedule of adjustments. B. Where existing frame is within 0.10 feet of grade, no adjustment is to be made. C. The frame shall be raised or lowered to match the street or gutter. D. Protect existing structures from damage. IE. Prevent sand, concrete, or any other debris from entering the structures. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Call utility owners to field mark their utility locations. B. Contractor to verify exact location of existing utilities. 3.03 ADJUST FRAME AND RING CASTING IA. Remove all dirt, debris, dust, and other deleterious material from surface prior to placement of first adjusting ring. IB. HDPE Adjusting Ring 1. Remove all dirt, debris, dust, and other deleterious material from surface prior to placement of first ring. I2. Install adhesive for adjusting rings as per the following: Location of Sealant Type of Sealant Between casting and last ring: 3/4 inch by 3/4 inch open cell polyurethane foam sealant and 1/2-inch bead of DOW 999 Between intermediate rings: 1/2-inch bead of DOW 999 Between cone/top slab and first ring: 3/4 inch by 3/4 inch open cell polyurethane foam sealant and 1/2-inch bead of DOW 999 3. Sealant to be placed around entire circumference of each unit with no 4. Utilize the flat and sloping units to match the required grade and slope oP he area at the location of the structure. 5. Minimum of 2, maximum of 5 rings allowed. 6. Wrap entire casting and ring system with geotextile. For structures with cone section, Igeotextile wrap to extend over a minimum length of 18 inches of the cone. I ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 ADJUST MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES 330517-3 I 3.04 ADJUST VALVE BOX I A. Adjust box by screwing top section up or down. B. Prevent ho sand, chunks of concrete,inside the existing top section are not allllowed to perform adjustment, 1. Short sections inserted I unless specified. C. Install approved sections as needed. D. Patch road to match existing pavement section. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL I A. For adjustments greater made 3/8 within bituminous e he rim of the adjustment structure will require removal and surface greater than 3/8 inch below 1 replacement of the bituminous surfacing at the Contractor's expense. B. Secure manholes and structures immediately after completion or before suspension of operations at the end of working day with castings or suitable alternative I C. Adjust Manholes and Catch Basin Frames l 3/8 round manhole eras d prior atch basin cfra es snaequi ed. course.Thorough tamping of them e Where existing frame is within 0.10 feet of e ,as adjustment is to may be, to putthe st net ndsframe crown or gutter shall be either lowered or raised at the same grade. D. Adjust frame upward with standard concrete adjustment in a full mortar of the same size as the eeded to slab opening. Place each adjustment ring and frame item. raise the casting to grade shall be incidental to the adjustment pay I E. Adjust frame downward by removing the necessary number of adjustment rings from the structure and resetting the frame in a full mortar bed to y I F. Regardless of the direction of adjustment,t east 1/4mnchfw'th a maz mum allowable th minim of um thickness of all mortar joints shall be least 1/2 inch. All excess mortar from the joint laced) b wiped clean from the inside of oft a final wearllcourse.nd frame. All manhole castings must be replaced prior G. Adjust valve boxes to 3/8 inch below grade prior to placing Alhvalve boxes are urse sectional screw- I tamping of the material around the valve box is required. threaded adjustable type. END OF SECTION I I ADJUST MISCELLANEOUS URES 33 05 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 I I t SECTION 33 40 00 1 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 111 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY IA. Section Includes 1. Storm sewer pipe, manholes, catch basins, fittings, and miscellaneous appurtenances. 1 B. Related Sections 1. Section 31 23 00 - Excavation and Fill. 2. Section 32 11 23 -Aggregate Base Courses. 3. Section 32 16 13 - Concrete Curbs and Gutters. 4. Section 33 05 05 - Trenching and Backfilling. 5. Section 33 05 17 -Adjust Miscellaneous Structures. 1 6. Section 33 46 00 - Subdrainage. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Quotation Items have been provided for Storm Sewer Pipe. Measurement will be based upon units of lineal feet for each size, type, and class of pipe furnished and installed complete in i place as specified, including excavation, backfilling, and compaction. Pipe will be measured from centerline of structure to centerline of structure a. Pipe bedding will be paid in accordance with Section 33 05 05. b. Improved pipe foundation material, if necessary, shall be per Section 33 05 05. 2. Quotation Items have been provided for Catch Basin, Catch Basin Manhole, and Manhole Structure. Measurement will be based upon units of each, according to type and size, to a depth of 8 feet, for furnishing and installing structures complete, including casting frame and cover, and adjusting rings in place as specified. 3. A Quotation Item has been provided for Class III Grouted Rip Rap. Measurement will be based upon units of cubic yards of rip rap placed according to class. Payment shall include placement 1 of geotextile fabric. 4. A Quotation item has been provided for Construct Catch Basin Manhole Over Existing Pipe and Construct Catch Basin Over Existing Pipe. Measurement shall be per each, regardless of size of existing pipe. Payment will include the cost of the manhole and installation over the existing line, casting frame and cover, grout work, Ram-Nek, or approved equal, and adjusting rings in place as specified. 5. A Quotation item has been provided for Grout Existing Structure, Including Doghouses, Inverts, and Benches. Measurement will be per each existing structure. 6. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. I1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. A48 - Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. A153 - Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 3. A615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 1 4. A760 - Specification for Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic—Coated for Sewers and Drains. 1 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-1 I 5. C76 - Specification pecaon for RConccrete Masonry Units for Construction ofeCatch eBasins and 6. C139 - Specification Manholes. 7. C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. 8. C206 - Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime. 9. C361 - Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low Head Pressure Pipe. 10. C443 - Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. 11. C478 - Specification for Precast Reinforced 12. D1248 - Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Molding and Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable. (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly 13. D1784 - Specification for Rigid Poly ( � Y (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 14. D2837 - Specification for Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials. 15. D3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipe Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. ' 16. F794- Specification for Polyt(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC))P Profile Joining Sewerp Pipe and Fittings 17. F794 Specification Y Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. 18. F894 - Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Large Diameter Profile Wall Sewer and Drain Pipe. B. Minnesota Department of Transportation"Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 3226 - Corrugated Steel Pipe. 2. 3351 - Sheet Metal Products. I 3. 2511 - Rip Rap. 4. 3601 - Rip Rap Materials. 5. 3733 - Geotextiles. I 6. 2461 - Structural Concrete. C. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials"Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges," 1992 Edition (AASHTO). I 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING TV, etc.) to A. Do not pursue work-causing shut utility and service all consumersrarel not fl t ed o fthenshut- off 1 consumers until the utility owner schedule. B. Successfully complete required inspections and tests before commencement of Section 32 11 23 and Section 32 16 13. 1.05 SUBMITTALS I A. Submit Shop Drawings for storm sewer structures. B. Shop drawings shall indicate complete information for fabrication and installation of units. Include the following: 2. Sections and elevations details showing connections, cast-n items,field installed lifting devices, 2. Sections and deta showing to the structure. II capacities, all openings, and their relation I STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-2 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 C. Submit Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance for the following items: 1. Gray iron castings. 2. Precast manhole sections. 3. Rip rap. D. Manhole/Catch Basin Elevation Report 1. The Contractor shall complete the report attached to the end of this Section for each structure as it is constructed. The completed report shall be submitted each week to the Engineer or the Engineer's designated representative at some mutually agreeable time. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Mortar Materials 1. Cement: Use Type 1 Standard Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150. 2. Lime: Use normal finishing hydrated lime meeting the requirements of ASTM C206. 3. Mix Proportions a. 1-part cement to 3 parts of suitable plaster sand for mortar used for plastering the exterior walls of block manholes and catch basins, adjusting rings, and lift holes. Use lime or mortar mix in the amount necessary to make a suitable mixture for plastering purposes, but not to exceed 15 percent by volume. b. 1-part Portland cement to 2 parts of sand to which lime or mortar mix may be added, but not to exceed 15 percent by volume for mortar used for laying concrete block. 2.02 STORM MANHOLE AND CATCH BASIN FRAMES AND COVERS A. General Requirement: ASTM A48. B. Material: Class 35 cast iron. Best grade. Free from injurious defects and flaws. C. Type and Style: As shown on Drawing. Covers without grate openings shall be stamped "STORM SEWER." D. Covers with 2 concealed pick holes of approved design. E. Weight: Minimum of 380 lbs. 2.03 STORM MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS A. General Requirements:q nts: ASTM C478 and details on the Drawings. B. Structures and bases shall be of precast concrete. C. Segmental Manhole Blocks: Blocks conform to ASTM C139. Segmental block may be used for the lower portion of structures over large pipe only when approved by the Engineer. D. Manhole Joints: Rubber o-ring gasket type meeting ASTM C443. E. Segmental Manhole Blocks: Blocks conform to ASTM C139. F. Manhole Steps: Reinforced polypropylene plastic steps with No. 2 deformed grade steel rod. I ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-3 I 2.04 MANHOLE DESIGN: I A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ev a Professional onal Eng Weer, experienced in precast designed and the detailed drawings prepared by concrete manhole design, who is registered in the Project's State. B. The design of the manhole shall conform to a minimum factor of safety equal to 1.5 for buoyancy 1 and flotation. The hydrostatic loading (water table elevations) shall be determined from the borings, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. C. The design of the manhole base slab, perimeter and to hydrostats cload loading. The shear strength, flexural strength, and other applicable strengths hydrostatic loading (water table elevations) shall be determined from the soil borings, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 2.05 PIPE MATERIALS A. Reinforced Concrete (RCP) Pipe and Fittings 1. General Requirement: ASTM C76, Wall B with circular reinforcing. 2. Materials: Conform to the requirements f r ASTM einforcing,in cross-section,l circular reinforcing. shall conform to gaskets shall be synthetic rubber, circular ASTM C361. 3. Pipe Joints: Bell and spigot ASTM C361. 4. Pipe Class: As shown on the Drawings. 5. Marking: ka and code,, identification f atinon of plant, date of manufacture,manufacturer pipeeclass and trademark and code, ire 1 specification design. 2.06 RIP RAP A. General Requirement: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2511 1. Rip Rap Materials: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3601. 2. Granular Filter: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3601. 3. Geotextile Filter: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 3733. 4. Grout: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2461. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Trench Excavation and Backfill shall conform to Section 33 05 05. B. By-Pass Pumping: Contractor responsible ll Work and costs for bytpass pumping is consideredng construction of the new storm sewer. incidental to the Project, unless otherwise specified. 3.02 INSTALLA TION I A. Connect to Existing Structure 1. Connect to existing structure at location shown on the Drawings. 2. Core the hole in the structure and cute the pipe and edge flush of pen ngewith mortalroand brick structure. 3. Bulkhead void between outside wall of pipe 4. Reconstruct manhole bench/invert. STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-4 , ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 B. Connect to End of Existing Pipe ' 1. Connect to existing pipe at locations shown on the Drawings. 2. Locate and expose end of existing pipe. 3. Remove existing bulkhead or plug and dispose of off Site a. Take care not to damage existing pipe. b. Any segment of pipe damaged by Contractor shall be replaced with new materials at no expense to the Project. 4. Utilize standard bell and spigot joint with rubber o-ring gasket if possible. 5. If butt connection must be made to existing pipe, construct concrete collar around joint. Collar shall be minimum 12 inches thick in all locations and shall extend a minimum of 12 inches each way of the joint. C. Pipe Installation 1. Lay and maintain pipe appurtenances to the alignment, grade, and location shown on the Drawings and/or staked in the field. No deviation from the Drawing and/or staked alignment, grade, or location is allowed, unless approved by Engineer. Deviation from grade in excess of 0.05 percent may be cause for removal and relaying pipe at the Contractor's expense. 2. General Pipe Installation Procedures a. Wipe joints clean; apply the manufacturer's recommended lubricant compound over the entire joint surface; center spigot in bell and push spigot home; take care to prevent dirt from entering the joint space; bring pipe to proper line and grade, and secure pipe in place 1 by properly bedding. 3. Lay pipe upgrade with spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow. 4. All joints must be watertight. 5. Remove all foreign matter or dirt from inside the pipe. Keep the bell and spigot clean during and after installation. Take care to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. Remove any superfluous material from inside the pipe after pipe installation by means of an approved follower or scraper. 6. Where cut-ins make it impossible to construct bell and spigot joints or when dissimilar pipe materials are joined, a reinforced concrete collar shall be placed completely surrounding the joint or the connection shall be made by using an approved adapter. 7. Any pipe which has been disturbed after being laid must be taken up, the joint cleaned and properly re-laid as directed by the Engineer. 8. Where a sewer line outlets to grade or where the line is terminated with a flared end section a. Fasten at least the last 3 joints together using 2"U"bolt fasteners per joint approved and as recommended by the pipe manufacturers. D. Structures and Appurtenances Installation 1. Furnish and install structures in accordance with the Drawings. 2. Excavate to depth and size as shown in the Drawings. 3. Poured in place bases must be acceptably cured before manhole sections are placed on the hardened slab. Poured in place bases must be approved by Owner. 4. Preformed inverts are not allowed. 5. Pour inverts shaped to the half section of equivalent size pipe conforming to the inlet and outlet pipe so as to allow for a free, uninterrupted flow with all surfaces sloping to the flow line. 6. All concrete pipes entering manholes must be cut with a concrete saw. 7. Steps a. Locate on the downstream side, except for pipe 24 inches in diameter or greater. Install in the most appropriate place, to provide suitable access. b. Secure and neatly mortar in place 15 inches on center spacing. 8. Position vertical wall of the eccentric cone on the downstream side. I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-5 ■ I 9. On structures theCe top slab that hall be maximum 16a inch height.section, the section immediately I below precast 10. Lift holes neatly mortared up. E. Construct Manhole Over Existing Pipe 1. Construct manhole over existing pipe at locations shown on the Drawings. 2. Saw cut existing pipe to fit flush with inside wall of new structure. III 3. Seal any openings in manhole. i Rap I F. Rip p 1. General: Conform to MnDOT Spec. 2511. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Scope 1. All pipeline testing is considered incidental to the Quotation cost of the pipe. 2. Engineer to observe and verify that all tests and visual inspections have been completed prior to final acceptance. B. Cleaning 1. Consists of Cleaning the Pipe and Structures a. If newly installed mains and structures are kept clean during construction, cleaning will not be required. If newly installed mains and/or structures become dirty due to negligence of the Contractor, cleaning will be performed at the sole expense of the Contractor. equate provisions 2. The bailing or flushing method of cleaning n dirt pipe is debris out of the existng sewer system or acceptable to the Engineer for keeping ponds are employed. Jetting may be required. 3. Complete prior to final inspection for acceptance. C. Required Tests and Inspections 1. Infiltration a. To determine the amount of ground water infiltration into the sewers. b. Test waived if made by visible means of 90-d gree v-otch weirs placed in the inspection.)nes as directed by c. Measurement Y the Engineer. d. Measurements taken at the points where in the Engineer's opinion the flow of water in the sewer is greater than the maximum allowable leakage. e. Maximum Allowable Rate of Leakage: Not more than 100 gallons per mile per inch diameter per day. and the infiltration in any given line must f. Tests may be taken between individual manholes not exceed the specified maximum allowable rate. g. Method of Measurement: Measurement of time for a predetermined volume of flow to occur. 2. Lamping I a. Verify installation is to true line and grade. b. Verify installed pipe is structurally sound. c. Verify there are no broken or deflective pipes. d. Verify that joints are all home. , e. Verify structures conform to specified requirements. I STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-6 ©2010 Bonestroo I 000055-10164-0 1 3.04 PROTECTION ' A. Plug all entrances and openings to the system promptly and before suspension of operations at the end of working day. B. Secure manholes and structures immediately after completion or before suspension of operations at the end of working day with castings or suitable alternative device. C. Mark all structures to avoid being hit by construction or vehicular traffic. D. Mark each plug location with 4 inches by 4 inches timbers to above grade to aid in marking the future connection. E. Establish erosion control measures as per Section 01 57 13. END OF SECTION I 1 I I I I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 334000-7 ■ I Manhole/Catch Basin Field Elevation Report Bonestrco Date: I Project: Contractor: Owner: Bonestroo's Resident Project Representative Contractor's Representative: Owner Project No: Bonestroo Project No: Contractor is re uired to com lete this form before a ment of structure is a roved. Structure Location As- Structure Design Constructed Difference uali Assurance II Name Invert Invert (+/-) Comments/Q tY Type Structure Structure Direction of or Easement (circle (from Elevation No. Station invert/flow Location one Plan I MH CB Apron MH 1CB Apron MH CB Apron Mil I MH CB 1 NM CB Apron MH I CB Apron MH Mil CB 1Apron MH MI" CB Apron MH CB Apron I MH CB IIIIIIII Apron I MH MI CB Apron MH MI I CB Apron MH ICB Apron * -As-Constructed Invert Elevation provided by Contractor from measurements taken in the field to nearest 0.01 feet. r SECTION 33 46 00 ' SUBDRAINAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Drain tile. B. Related Sections 1. Section 33 05 05 - Trenching and Backfilling. 2. Section 33 40 00 - Storm Drainage Utilities. 1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. A Quotation Item has been provided for 4-Inch HDPE Perforated Drain Tile. Measurement will be by linear feet of pipe along its axis with no regard to intervening fittings for each size and type of pipe. Payment shall include pipe, geotextile sock, aggregate, and fittings and connection to structure. 2. All other Work and costs of this Section shall be incidental to the Project and included in the Total Base Quotation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM D1784- Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds. 2. ASTM D3034 - Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 3. ASTM D3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 4. ASTM D3350 - Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials. 5. ASTM F405 - Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings. 6. ASTM F477 - Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1. AASHTO M252 - Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing. C. Minnesota Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Construction,"2005 Edition (MnDOT Spec.) 1. 3733 - Geotextiles. 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Install drain tile with augmented soil mixture as shown in the Drawings. 1 I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 SUBDRAINAGE 33 46 00- 1 ■ I PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS I A. Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings 1. General: Pipe and fittings shall madof compounds ASTM D3350.conforming to ASTM F405 in accordance with the material 2. Pipe Stiffness: Heavy-duty pipe conforming to requirements of ASTM F405,Table 1. 3. Coupling bands shallr on 3-1/4 inch by 6-1/4 corrugation on pipe. 4. size max 4 P . Perforations: Circular maximum of 3/8 inch and 4 a minimum of 3/16 inch, arranged in 4 rows along the full length of the pipe. 2.02 BEDDING MATERIAL 1 A. Augmented soil mixture, see Drawings. I 2.03 FILTER AGGREGATE MATERIAL A. Augmented soil mixture, see Drawings. 2.04 GEOTEXTILE A. Geotextile wrap shall conform to MnDOT Spec. 3733,Type 1. PART 3 EXECUTION i 3.01 GENERAL A. The location and alignment of the subsurface odra determined nd tl by the Engineer. general manner on the Drawings. Exact location and alignment I 3.02 DRAIN TILE INSTALLATION I A. Conform to details on Drawings. B. Construct at locations and elevations determined by Engineer or as shown on the Drawings. I C. Pipe Bedding: Augmented soil mixture. D. Grade: Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings,the grade of pipes shall not be flatter ' than 1 in 250. E. Plug upstream end of the drain pipe. I F. Sections of the drain pipe shall be firmly joined. G. If P erforated drain pipe is used,the pipe shall be placed so that the perforations are in the position 111 as designated by the Engineer. H. Connections: Connect to hole provided in le a is ast provided. Seal joint with mortar. Core drill connection to structure where precast 1 I. Compaction: Conform to Section 33 05 05. I SUBDRAINAGE 334600-2 ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 I 3.03 FIELD UAL Q ITY CONTROL IA. Do not backfill trench until the pipe has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 1 I 1 r I I r I I I I I I I ©2010 Bonestroo 1 000055-10164-0 SUBDRAINAGE 334600-3